Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
13 results
Monier-Williams Search
811 results for akara
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
akaramfn. handless, maimed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akaramfn. exempt from tax or duty, privileged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akaramfn. not acting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akaraṇan. absence of action. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akaraṇif. non-accomplishment, failure, disappointment (used in imprecations e.g. tasyākaraṇir evāstu-bad luck to him!) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akaraṇīyamfn. not to be done. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyakaraṇan. addressing a person, on . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyucchritakaramfn. with uplifted proboscis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācāryakaraṇan. acting as teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhikarmakaram. See adhi-- 1 kṛ- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhikarmakara m. an overseer, superintendent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adṛśyakaraṇan. act of rendering invisible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adṛśyakaraṇan. Name of a part of a treatise on magic. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
advaitamakarandam. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrakaram. the fore part of the hand, finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrakaram. first ray View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āharakaraṭā(id est ā-hara karaṭa! ity-ucyate yasyāṃ kriyāyāṃ sā-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimakaram. "having hot rays", the sun
āhlādakaramfn. causing or conferring delight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ājñābhaṅgakaramfn. not executing an order. ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣarakaram. a kind of religious meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālokakaramfn. spreading or causing light View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālokakaram. a particular samādhi-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtakara m. "nectar-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃśakaraṇan. act of dividing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anādeśakaramfn. doing what is not commanded or not allowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānandakaramfn. exhilarating, delighting.
anantakaramfn. rendering endless, magnifying indefinitely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapakaraṇan. (in law) non-payment, non-delivery. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anārogyakaramfn. unwholesome, unhealthy, causing sickness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarthakaramfn. doing what is useless or worthless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarthakaramfn. unprofitable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarthakaramfn. producing evil or misfortune. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anityasamaprakaraṇan. a section in the nyāya- discussing that sophism. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkakaraṇan. the act of marking or stamping. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
annakaraṇamfn. preparing food, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antakaramfn. causing death, mortal, destructive. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antakaraṇamfn. causing death, mortal, destructive. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antakaraṇan. causing an end of, abolishing (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudvegakaramfn. not causing apprehension, not overawing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyatrakaraṇam. the son of a paramour, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpakaramf(ī-)n. coming from or native of the (country ?) āpakara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apakaraṇan. acting improperly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apakaraṇan. doing wrong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apakaraṇan. ill-treating, offending, injuring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apārthakaraṇan. a false plea in a lawsuit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprakaramfn. not acting excellently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprakaraṇan. not the principal topic, not relevant to the main subject. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apriyakaramfn. "not giving pleasure", disagreeable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apūrvakaraṇan. (with jaina-s) Name (also title or epithet) of the 8th stage leading to perfection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkakaram. sunbeam View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arpitakaramfn. "having given one's hand", married
arthakaramf(ī-)n. () producing advantage, useful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aruṇakaram. "having red rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśiśirakaram. "having hot rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśītakaram. equals aśiśira-kara- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśītakara View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśokakaram. "rendering sorrowless", Name of a vidyādhara-
atuṣārakaram. "having not cold rays", the sun. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avabhāsakaram. Name of a devaputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avacanakaramfn. not doing what one is bid or advised. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avakaraSee ava-kṝ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avakaraa kind of plant (growing on garbage heaps), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avakaram. dust or sweepings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avakarakuṭam. heap of sweepings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avighnakaraṇavratan. Name of a particular rite on the fourth day of phālguna-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avipakvakaraṇamfn. having immature or insufficiently developed organs (of mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyakaraṇan. an external organ of sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balakaramfn. inspiring strength, strengthening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balāsakṣayakaramfn. destroying the phlegmatic humour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhakaraṇan. binding, fettering, holding back (also by magic) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpaprakaram. a flow or gush of tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bedarakaram. (prob.) an inhabitant of the city Bedar or Bidar (also proper N.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatapurāṇabhāvārthadīpikāprakaranakramasaṃgraham. Name of work connected with the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktakaram. equals -kāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktakaram. artificially prepared incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṅgakaram. Name of two men (sons of avikṣit- and sattrājit-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasūtakaraṇan. the calcining of quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṭṭadinakaram. Name of work (and bhāṭṭadinakarīya rīya- n.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayakara mfn. causing fear, terrible, dangerous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayānakarasanirdeśam. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedakaramf(ī-)n. breaking through or down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedakaramf(ī-)n. sowing dissension among or in (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bheṣajakaraṇan. preparation of drugs or medicine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnagaṇḍakaraṭamfn. equals -karaṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnakaraṭa() mfn. a rutting elephant having a fissure in the temples (from which fluid exudes). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhogakaramf(ī-)n. producing or affording enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhramarakaraṇḍakam. a small box containing bees (which are let out by thieves to extinguish lights in houses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtikarmakaram. a hired labourer or servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuktiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūrbhuvakaram. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtakaraṇan. "causing a word to have a past meaning", Name of the augment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtakaraṇavatīf. (scilicet vibhakti-) the character and personal endings of the augmented verbal forms (id est of imperfect tense Aorist and Conditional) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhakaramf(ī-)n. one who wakens or rouses or teaches or informs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhakaram. "awakener", a minstrel who wakes a prince in the morning with music View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmaikyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmakaram. an impost paid to the Brahmanical class View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
campakarambhāf. a kind of plantain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍakaram. "hot-rayed", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrodayamakaradhvajam. Name of a medicinal preparation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carmakaraṇan. working in skins or leather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandaḥprakaraṇan. a chapter on metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chedakaramfn. making incisions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chedakaram. a wood-cutter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrakaram. () a painter (son of an architect by a śūdra- woman ;or by a gāndhikī- Paddh.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
corakaraṇan. calling anyone a thief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dahanopakaraṇan. the means for cauterising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānadinakaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantadhāvanaprakaraṇan. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darakaram. "hole-maker", a staff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāsakarmakaram. a servant doing his work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśaśatakaradhārinmfn. thousand-rayed (the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayāśamakaram. Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehakaram. "body-former", a father View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devatāmūrtiprakaraṇan. Name of work on sculpture. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīpūjāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmitāvacchedakarahasyan. Name of work
dhātuprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīkṣāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaramf(ī-)n. making day or light View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaram. the sun etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaram. Name of an āditya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaram. of the author of the work candrārkī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaram. of a Scholiast or Commentator on (miśra-d-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaram. of other men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakarabhaṭṭam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakarabhaṭṭīyan. his work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaradevam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaratanayam. "son of the sun", the planet Saturn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakaraṭippanīf. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divasakaram. "day-maker", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
doṣakaramf(ī-)n. causing evil or harm, pernicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāvakaram. a kind of borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāvakaram. a flux View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛgdṛśyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhakaramf(ī-)n. causing pain to (genitive case), afflicting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśakaram. "12-handed or 12-rayed", Name of kārttikeya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśakaram. of bṛhas-pati- or the planet Jupiter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśāntaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvirāgamanaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyūtakaram. a gambler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyūtakaramaṇḍalīf. a gambler's circle (see dyūtamaṇḍala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyūtasamāhvayaprakaraṇan. "a treatise on the law-suits arising from gambling", Name of chapter of viśveśvara-'s su-bodhinī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekakaramf(ī-)n. doing or effecting one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekakaramf(ā-)n. one-handed, one-rayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍakaraṭam. an elephant's temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhakaram. "producing impregnation", Nageia putraṃjīva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhakaraṇan. anything which causes impregnation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghātakaramf(ī-)n. destructive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtakarañjam. a kind of karañja- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gocaraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthakaraṇan. composition of books or treatises View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhakaraṇan. house-building View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhakaraṇan. household affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhakarmakaram. a domestic servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhopakaraṇan. any domestic utens . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gucchakarañjam. a variety of karañja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇakaraṇḍavyūham. Name of a Buddhist work (see kar-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇasthānaprakaraṇan. Name of a jaina- work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haridrāgaṇapatiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣakaramf(ī-)n. causing joy or happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsakaramfn. provoking laughter, causing to laugh
hāsakaramfn. laughing, merry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakavedāntaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimakaram. a sea-monster shaped like an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsyakara() mfn. provoking laughter, causing to laugh. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemakaram. "golden-worker", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemakaram. (with maithila-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemakarakam. a golden vase View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakaramfn. causing or producing cold, cold
himakaram. the moon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakaram. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakaratanayam. "son of the Moon", Name of the planet Mercury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitakaramfn. doing a service, furthering the interests of (genitive case), favourable, useful, a benefactor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
horāmakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
horāmakarandoharaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
horāprakaraṇa(?) n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayonmādakaramfn. bewitching hearts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalakaramfn. making or pouring forth water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalakaram. tax derived from water (id est from fisheries etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalakaraṅkam. a conch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalakaraṅkam. a cocoa-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalakaraṅkam. a lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalakaraṅkam. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalakaraṅkam. a wave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janmakaramfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' effecting the birth of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janmāntakaram. destroyer of birth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātakaratnan. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātibhraṃśakaramfn. causing loss of caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvadayāprakaraṇan. Name of a Jain treatise. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvavicāraprakaraṇan. idem or 'm. "disquisition on life", Name of a Jain work by śānti-sūri- (commented on by bhāva-sundara-, meghanandana-, and īśvarācārya-)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvitāntakaramfn. menacing life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvopalambhaprakaraṇan. Name of a Jain treatise. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakaram. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālakaraṇan. appointing or fixing a time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalaṅkakaramfn. causing stains, soiling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalaṅkakaramfn. censorious, calumniating, defaming. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalyāṇakaramf(ī-)n. causing prosperity or profit or good fortune. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakarambhāf. a species of Musa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakarasam. fluid gold, a golden stream View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakarasam. yellow orpiment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṇḍopakaraṇan. the beginning of (the study of) a kāṇḍa-, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaphakaramfn. producing phlegm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaphakaramfn. occasioning cold. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaphakarakṣayam. pulmonary consumption. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaphakarakūrcikāf. saliva, spittle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpyakaramfn. confessing sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārakaramf(ī-)n. doing work, acting as agent (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karālakaramfn. having a powerful arm or hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karālakaramfn. having a large trunk (as an elephant). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāraṇakaraṇan. a primary cause, elementary cause, atom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karavīrakarambhinn. Name of a wood (varia lectio karavīrākara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karimakaram. a fabulous monster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmakaramf(ī-)n. doing work, a workman, a hired labourer, servant of any kind (who is not a slave ), mechanic, artisan etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmakaram. Name of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmakaram. Momordica monadelpha View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmopakaraṇamfn. one who gives aid by work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karpūraprakaraṇan. Name of a jaina- work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryakaramfn. efficacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryakaraṇan. the doing one's duty, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāsakaramfn. producing cough or catarrh. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣṭakaramf(ī-)n. causing pain or trouble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭakara- karman-, m. a straw-mat maker (the son of a vaiśya- and a śūdra-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśāntakaraṇan. idem or 'm. cutting off the hair finally (as a religious ceremony performed upon Brahmans at 16 years of age, kṣatriya-s at 22, and vaiśya-s at 24) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśaśeṣakaraṇan. leaving a remnant of hair, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaṇḍakhādyakaraṇan. idem or 'n. Name of an astronomical karaṇa- (vv.ll. -khāṭṭaka-, -khāḍaka-) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaram. idem or 'm. (onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds)) a kind of partridge (commonly Kayar, Perdix sylvatica) (see kṛkaṇa-.)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaram. (See also -tva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaram. (equals krakaca-) Ardea virgo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaram. the plant Capparis aphylla View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaram. a saw View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaram. a poor man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaram. disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaraṭam. a lark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakaratvan. the state of a partridge (= ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇakaraviram. a black variety of Oleander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtakaram. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣatriyāntakaram. idem or 'mfn. one who destroys the military caste ' , Name of paraśu-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaurakaraṇan. shaving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayakaramfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' causing destruction or ruin, destructive, terminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayakaramfn. liberating from existence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayakaramfn. perhaps for kṣayi-kala- (said of the moon"the portions of which are waning") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayakaram., Name of the 49th year of the sixty years' bṛhaspati- cycle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣemakaramfn. conferring peace or security or happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrakaramfn. cultivating a field View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrakaram. a husband-man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulabhedakaram. one who causes discord in a family. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulakaram. the founder of a family, ancestor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulāntakaraṇamfn. one who ruins his family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kundakaram. a turner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuñjarakaram. an elephant's trunk. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśeśayakaram. "having rays like water-lilies", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍam. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍam. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lābhakara() () mfn. causing gain, making profit, gainful, profitable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇāvṛttiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lepakaram. a plaster-maker, bricklayer, whitewasher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokakāraṇakaraṇan. cause of the causes of the world (Name of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokeśakaram. Name of a commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lomakaraṇīf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lulitamakarandamfn. (flowers) whose sap is disturbed (by bees) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madakaramf(ī-)n. causing intoxication, intoxicating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavacandrakaram. Name of a medical writer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavakaram. equals -candra-kara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvamataprakaraṇan. Name of work
mahāḍakara(?) m. Name of a commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevabhaṭṭadinakaram. Name of learned men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevapuṇatāmakara(?) m. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevapuṇyastambhakaram. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākāraṇaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāprakaraṇan. the principal treatment of a subject commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvidyāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāyogapañcaratneāśvalāyanopayogyādhānaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maheśvarakaracyutāf. "dropped from the hand of śiva-", Name of the river kara-toyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. a kind of sea-monster (sometimes confounded with the crocodile, shark, dolphin etc.;regarded as the emblem of kāma-deva-[ see mokara-ketana-etc. below] or as a symbol of the 9th arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-;represented as an ornament on gates or on head-dresses) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. a particular species of insect or other small animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. Name of the 10th sign of the zodiac (Capricornus) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. the 10th arc of 30 degrees in any circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. an army of troops in the form of a makara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. an ear-ring shaped like a makara- (see makara-kuṇḍala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. the hands folded in the form of a makara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. one of the 9 treasures of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. one of the 8 magical treasures called padminī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. a particular magical spell recited over weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaradaṃṣṭrāf. " makara--toothed", Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaradhvajam. equals -ketana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaradhvajam. the sea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaradhvajam. a particular array of troops View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaradhvajam. a particular medical preparation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaradhvajam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarakaṭīf. "dolphin-hipped", Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaraketanam. "having the makara- for an emblem"or"having a fish on his banner", Name of kāma-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaraketu m. "having the makara- for an emblem"or"having a fish on his banner", Name of kāma-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaraketumatm. "having the makara- for an emblem"or"having a fish on his banner", Name of kāma-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarakuṇḍalan. an ear-ring shaped like a makara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaralāñchanam. equals -kelana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaramāsam. Name of a particular , month View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaramukham. equals makarākāra-dhārin- jala-nirgamana-dvāra-, jānūr-dhvāvayava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandam. the juice of flowers, honey etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandam. a species of jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandam. a fragrant species of mango View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandam. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandam. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandam. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandam. of various authors and works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandan. a filament (especially of the lotus-flower) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandan. Name of a pleasure-garden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandakaṇāyaNom. A1. yate-, to be like drops or particles of flower-juice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandakārikāf. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandapālam. Name of a man (father of tri-vikrama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandapañcāṅgavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandaśarmanm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandavāsam. a species of Kadamba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandavatmfn. rich in flower-juice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandavatīf. the flower of Bignonia Suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandavivṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandikāf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandikāf. Name of the daughter of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarandodyānan. Name of a pleasure-garden near ujjayinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarapāṭakam. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makararāśim. the zodiacal sign Capricornus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarasaṃkramaṇan. the passage of the sun from Sagittarius into Capricornus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarasaṃkrāntif. idem or 'n. the passage of the sun from Sagittarius into Capricornus ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarasaṃkrāntif. Name of a festival (which marks the beginning of the sun's northern course) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarasaṃkrāntidānaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarasaṃkrāntitiladānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarasaptamīf. Name of the 7th day in the light half of the month māgha- (see under mākara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaravāhanam. "having the makara- for his vehicle", Name of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaravāhinīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaravibhūṣaṇaketanam. "having the makara- for a characteristic ornament", Name of kāma-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsakaran. flesh-making, blood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manaḥkṣobhakaramfn. mind-disturbing, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mananaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṅgalakaraṇan. "luck-causing", the act of reciting a prayer for success before the beginning of any enterprise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇighaṇṭākṛtanyāyaratnaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manmathakaram. "causing love", Name of a being attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrakaraṇan. the recital of a sacred text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrakaraṇan. a Vedic text or verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrayogaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantroddhāraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārjārakaraṇan. a particular posture in sexual intercourse (also rīśkramaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātaṃgamakaram. a kind of marine monster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyakaraṇḍikāf. a fish-basket, any receptacle for fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāmakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśradinakaram. Name of a Scholiast or Commentator on śiśupāla-vadha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitāṅkakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitrakaraṇathe making of friends, making one's self friends Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
modakaram. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mohakaramfn. causing bewilderment, infatuating, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyuṃjayatvaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudakara(?) m. plural Name of a people. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktakaramfn. open-handed, liberal
mūlyakaraṇan. making the worth or value of anything, turning into money View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūtrakaramfn. producing urine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāḍīprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagarandhrakaram. "mountain-splitter"Name of kārttikeya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naivedyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatraśuddhiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmadheyakaraṇan. nāmadheya
nāmakaraṇam. a nominal suffix View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmakaraṇan. the calling of a person (genitive case) by the name of (nāmnā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmakaraṇan. the ceremony of naming a child after birth etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmakaraṇan. (raṇaṃ- kṛ-,to perform this child) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmakaraṇaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāśanakaramf(ī-)n. destroying (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastakaraṇan. instrument used by bhikṣu-s for injecting the nose (taḥ-k-? see above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭakaratnakośam. Name of work
navakaram. "9handed (?)", Name of a poet (see -hasta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navārṇavaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navatattvaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāyakaratnan. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidāghakaram. "heat-causer"or"hot-rayed", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidānārthakaramfn. operating as a cause View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīhārakaram. "dew-maker"or"cold-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥkṣatrakaraṇan. depriving of the military caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśreyasakaramfn. conferring final happiness or emancipation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nijānandānubhūtiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimbakara varia lectio for nimbaraka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimbārkakaravīrārcanavratan. Name of a particular vow and of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirābādhakaramfn. not causing injury or pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirānandakaramf(ī-)n. causing no pleasure, afflicting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirāśakaramfn. taking away all hope, making impossible (in compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirghātakaramfn. removing, destroying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirjaraprakaraṇādim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirjīvakaraṇan. killing, striking dead (with genitive case) (wrong reading -kār-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvāṇakaram. "causing extinction of all sense of individuality", a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvāṇaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścalakaram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyogakaraṇan. making a command, commanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛgamokṣaprakaraṇan. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāsaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyakaraṇḍan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamakarandavivardhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamakarandavivecinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamakarandavivṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamīmāṃsāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyaratnaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādaprakaraṇasaṃgatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakaram. a lotus-like hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakaramf(ā-)n. lotus in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakaram. Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānakarasarāgāsavayojanan. sg. (), plural () one of the 64 kalā-s or arts. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānakarasāsavarāgayojanan. plural () one of the 64 kalā-s or arts. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcadaśīprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāgnividyāprakaraṇan. pañcāgnividyā
pañcaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcaprakaraṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcarātrakarakṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṇḍitakarabhiṇḍipālam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpakara mfn. "wrong-doing", wicked, sinful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parabhūprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parakaragatamfn. being in another's hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramparyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāṣāprakaraṇan. Name of work
paricchedakaram. Name of a samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivādakaram. a slanderer, calumniator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paropakaraṇan. equals -kāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paropakaraṇīkṛto make one's self an instrument of others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṣāṇavajrakarasam. a particular medicinal preparation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāśupatayogaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātropakaraṇan. ornaments of a secondary kind (as bells, chowries etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭṭakarmakaram. a weaver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phaṇakaram. a serpent, snake (especially the Coluber nāga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṇḍakaraṇan. equals -nirvapaṇa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītakaravīrakam. oleander with yellow flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pittāntakarasam. a particular medicinal preparation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
poṣyaputrakaraṇan. adoption View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhātakaraṇīyan. a morning rite or ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhinnakaraṭamfn. having the temples cleft and flowing with juice (as a rutting elephant) ( prabhinnakaraṭāmukha ṭā-mukha- mfn.having the fissure in the temples flowing with juice ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhinnakaraṭāmukhamfn. prabhinnakaraṭa
prahārakaraṇan. dealing blows, beating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praharṣaṇakaramf(ī-)n. causing great joy, enrapturing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praiṣakaramfn. executing orders, a servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraetc. See pra-kṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraSee pra-kṝ-, p.654. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaramf(ī-)n. (for 2.See pra-kṝ-) doing much or well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaram. aid, friendship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaram. usage, custom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaram. respect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaram. seduction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaram. an episodical interlude inserted in a drama to explain what follows (also rikā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaram. theatrical dress or disguise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaram. (for 1.See pra-kṛ-) a scattered heap, heap, multitude, quantity, plenty etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaram. a nosegay View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaran. aloe wood, Agallochum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. production, creation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. treatment, discussion, explanation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. treatise, monograph, book, chapter (especially introduction or prologue) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. a subject, topic, question, matter, occasion, opportunity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. (asminn eva prakaraṇe-,"on this occasion"or"in this connection"; na ca prakaraṇaṃ vetsi-,"nor do you know what is the matter") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. a kind of drama with a fictitious plot (such as etc.) () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. treating with respect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. doing much or well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇatypical performance, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇan. Name of work (see nyāyapr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇapādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇapañcikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇasamam. a kind of sophism, an assertion by two opponents of some argument which has the same force of argument pro and con View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇaśasind. according to species or kind (opp. to pṛthak-tvena-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇatasind. occasionally View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇavādārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇīf. a drama of the same character as the prakaraṇa- but of less extent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇikāf. a drama of the same character as the prakaraṇa- but of less extent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakaraṇikā See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇacchedakaramfn. causing destruction of life, murderous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇakaramf(ī-)n. "life-causing", invigorating, refreshing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇakaram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṅmukhakaraṇan. prāṅmukha
praśastakaram. Name of an author (perhaps the writer of a work entitled praśasta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasrāvakaraṇan. the urethra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaraghatanāpakaraṇan. an instrument for breaking or splitting stones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibhayakaramfn. causing fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratirodhakaramfn. pratirodha
pratyakṣakaraṇan. one's own perception View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyayakaramfn. one who awakens confidence, trustworthy () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayāgaprakaraṇan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittaprakaraṇan. Name of work
preṣyakaramfn. executing the orders of (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyadhānyakaramfn. causing dearness of corn (opp. to su-bhikṣa-kārin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyakaramfn. causing or giving pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthagyogakaraṇan. the separation of a grammatical rule into two (see yoga-vibhāga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūjopakaraṇan. () the requisites for the worship or adoration of a god. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṃjanmakaramfn. causing or granting it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇatāmakaram. Name of mahādeva- (the author of the ātmatva-jāti-vicāra- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyastambhakara(?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇacandraprāyaścittaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpakaraṇḍa n. "flower-basket", Name of a grove near avanti- or Oujein View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpakaraṇḍakan. "flower-basket", Name of a grove near avanti- or Oujein View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpakaraṇḍinīf. Name of Onjein (see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpakaraṇḍodyānan. puṣpakaraṇḍa
pustakakaram. an embosser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgadveṣaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājadharmaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājakaram. king's tax, tribute paid to a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājakaraṇan. a law-court View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājāntakaraṇamfn. causing the destruction of kind (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājopakaraṇan. plural the paraphernalia of a kind, ensigns of royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyābhiṣekaprakaraṇaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyakaramfn. exercising government, ruling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyakaram. the tribute paid by tributary princes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyopakaraṇan. plural the instruments or paraphernalia of government, insignia of royalty (see rājop-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktakaravīra m. Nericum Odorum Rubro-simplex View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktakaravīrakam. Nericum Odorum Rubro-simplex View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapittakaramfn. causing the above disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmavinodakaraṇan. (also called, pañcāṅga-sādhanodāharaṇa-), Name of a work composed by rāma-candra- in 1614. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasāyanakaramfn. forming an elixir View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathakaram. equals -kār/a- below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnakaram. Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnakaraṇḍakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṇāpakaraṇan. discharge or payment of debt. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rogamūrtidānaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhāvaśakaramfn. controlling or influencing an assembly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadācāraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍdarśinīprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadyaḥprāṇakaramfn. quickly causing vitality or inspiriting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadyobalakaramfn. idem or 'mfn. quickly causing vigour ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahakaraṇan. acting together, common action or performance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasakaraṇan. violence, force View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakaram. "thousand-rayed", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakarapannetramfn. having a thousand hands and feet and eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahāyakaraṇan. the act of rendering assistance, aiding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhāyyakaramfn. giving assistance, helping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāhimakarandam. Name of a king and author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhyakaramfn. rendering assistance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sainyaghātakaramfn. causing the destruction of an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaivanavadaśaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakaraSee next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakaram. idem or '(in prosody) an anapest ($-) . -2.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakaramfn. having hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakaramfn. possessing a trunk (as an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakaramfn. having rays, full of rays View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakaramfn. bearing tax, liable to pay taxes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakaraṇakamf(ikā-)n. transmitted by means of an organ (of the body), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakaravipulāf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śalakaram. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādhiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samakaramfn. (for sa-makara-See) levying regular or fair taxes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samakaramfn. (for sama-kara-See) having marine monsters. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samākṣarāvakaram. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samānakaraṇamfn. having the same organ of utterance (said of a sound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāsaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambarāntakaram. " śambara--destroyer", the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhānakaraṇamf(ī-)n. causing union or combination, who or what re-unites or heals or reconciles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhānakaraṇan. the act of uniting or healing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhānakaraṇan. allying, making peace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdūṣaṇakaramf(ī-)n. defiling, disgracing (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgītamakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjīvakaraṇamf(ī-)n. bringing to life, animating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjñāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjvarakaramfn. causing agitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkrāntiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammānakaramfn. doing honour, honouring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsargaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakaramf(ī-)n. causing doubt or risk, dangerous to (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayasamaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskāraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtāpakaramfn. causing pain or affliction () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudāyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudrakaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudrakarabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvatsarakaram. "year-causer", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvatsaraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyojitakarayugalamfn. one who has both his hands joined together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṅgakaramfn. causing attachment or desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntāntakaram. Name of a son of śambara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śapathakaraṇan. swearing or taking an oath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarabhapakṣirājaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarīrantakaramfn. making an end of or destroying the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabhāvakaram. "causer of all being", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaharṣakaramfn. causing universal joy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvakaram. "maker of all", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvalokabhayāstambhitatvaviddhvaṃsanakaram. Name of a buddha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvālokakaram. Name of a samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatomukhaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastraghuṣṭakaramfn. making a noise or clanging with arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrapūjanaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastropakaraṇan. arms and instruments of warfare, military apparatus
śataśakaramfn. being able to give a hundred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣadeśanābhāsaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭsahasrakaram. ṣaṭsahasrī
śauryakaraṇan. prowess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣakaraṇan. the leaving a remnant of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣakaraṇan. the doing what remains to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntalakṣaṇavivekaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntamakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilpakaram. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīmantakaraṇan. the act or ceremony of parting the hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasthamakarasthagurunirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśirakaram. "cool-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītakaramfn. causing coolness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītakaram. "cool-rayed", the moon (ambhaḥ-śīta-k-,the moon reflected in water ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītakaram. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitakaram. "white-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitakaram. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītalāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivakaramf(ī-)n. causing happiness or prosperity, auspicious, propitious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivakaram. (with jaina-s) Name of one of the 24 arhat-s of the past utsarpiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivapattramuhūrtaprakaraṇan. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smaropakaraṇan. implement of love (as perfumes etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śmaśānakaraṇan. the laying out of a burning-ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānopakaraṇan. any utensil used in bathing, any accessory of a bath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śokakaram. Semecarpus Anacardium (wrong reading for śopha-k-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somakaraṇīf. a particular verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopakaraṇamfn. together with the implements View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopakaraṇamfn. properly equipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphoṭakaram. Semecarpus Anacardium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuṭakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhakara m. one who performs a śrāddha- or offers an oblation to the pitṛ-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śraddhāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhavṛttiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śramakaramfn. causing fatigue or trouble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastakaramfn. having trunks hanging or dangling down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛprakarasna(pr/a--) mfn. having smooth or supple arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutisārasamuddharaṇaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakaramfn. (prob.) causing obstruction, hindering, impeding (in puṇya-st- q.v), causing stiffness, paralyzing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakaram. a fence, railing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthairyakara mfn. causing firmness or hardness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthakara equals sthagara- below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthitaprakaraṇa wrong reading for sthiti-pr-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthitiprakaraṇan. Name of a chapter of the vāsiṣṭha-rāmāyaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlasūkṣmaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stotraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīdhanaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīpratyayaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhakaramfn. causing welfare, auspicious, fortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhāśubhaprakaraṇaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhikṣakaramfn. causing abundance of food or good times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhimakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhakaramf(ī-)n. causing pleasure or happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhakaramf(ī-)n. easy to be done or performed by (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhakaram. Name of rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukrakaramfn. producing semen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukrakaram. the marrow of the bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlodyatakaramfn. with uplifted spear in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadmamakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryakaram. a sunbeam View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryakaramiśram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryapakṣakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtrakaraṇan. the composition of a sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtrapattrakara mfn. liable to be made into threads or thin leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svākārakaram. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svakaraṇan. making (a woman) one's own, marrying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapnaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarakaramfn. producing voice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svātmānandaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svātmanirūpaṇaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmāprakaraṇan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenakaraṇan. "acting like a hawk", acting with precipitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenakaraṇan. burning on a separate funeral pile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
takaraka= sthakara- or sthagara-, a particular fragrant powder (Bloomfield's , parasmE-pada 311). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmbūlakaraṅkam. a betel-box (Pan-dan) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmbūlakaraṅkavāham. a servant carrying his master's betel-box View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmbūlakaraṅkavāhinīf. a female servant carrying her master's betel-box View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapanakaram. a sunbeam View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taparakaraṇan. causing ṭ- to follow, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvaprabodhaprakaraṇan. Name of work by haribhadra- II (A.D. 1200) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tigmakaram. equals -dīdhiti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tigmakaram. the number"12" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīkṣṇakaram. "hot-rayed", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthakaramfn. creating a passage (through life) (viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthakaram. śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthakaram. a head of a sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthakaram. equals -kṛt- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tithidvaidhaprakaraṇan. Name of work by śūla-pāṇi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tithiprakaraṇan. Name of a chapter of -sāraṇikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tithiprakaraṇan. of śrī-pati-'s jyotiṣa-ratna-- mālā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trāsakaramfn. causing fear, alarming. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripurāntakaram. idem or 'm. equals ra-ghna- (interpolation) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripurīprakaraṇan. Name of a Vedantic work (ascribed to śaṃkara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyakaraṇīf. the side of a square 3 times smaller than another, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuhinakaram. equals tuṣāra-k- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuhinakarasutāf. "moon-daughter", the river narmadā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuṣārakaram. "cold-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuṣārakaram. a--,"the sun" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakarakṣikāf. a leech, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayakaram. Name of an author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbhavakaramfn. productive. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddyotakara mfn. causing light, enlightening, illuminating, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegakaramfn. causing anxiety or agitation or distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejanakaramfn. causing to shake with horror, causing excitement or pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmakara(ud-ma-) m. "a rising makara-", a kind of ornament for the ears (so shaped) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacārakaraṇa n. () act of courteousness, politeness, civility. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇaetc. See upa-- 1. kṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇan. the act of doing anything for another, doing a service or favour, helping, assisting, benefiting etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇan. instrument, implement, machine, engine, apparatus, paraphernalia (as the vessels at a sacrifice etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇan. anything added over and above, contribution, expedient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇan. means of subsistence, anything supporting life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇan. any object of art or science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇan. anything fabricated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇan. the insignia of royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇan. the attendants of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇa(according to some also) heaping earth (from kṝ-), Vish2n View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇārthamfn. suitable (as a meaning), requisite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇavat(upakaraṇ/a-) mfn. furnished with means or instruments or implements, competent to do anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇībhūto become an instrument, become or be dependent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇīkṛto cause to be instrument, make dependent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakaraṇīyamfn. to be helped or assisted etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakrośanakaramfn. causing reproach, disgracing, dishonouring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃhāraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvakaram. an upper hand (of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvakaramfn. having the hands raised upwards (and also casting rays of light upwards), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣṇakaram. "hot-rayed", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vacanakaramf(ī-)n. making a speech, speaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vacanakaramf(ī-)n. doing what one is told, obedient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vacanakaram. the author or enunciator of a precept View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādakaramfn. making a discussion, causing a dispute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādyakara() m. "performer on a musical instrument", a musician. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vagalāmukhīprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyakaratnāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairāgyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairakaramfn. causing hostility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairakaraṇan. cause of hostility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣṇavakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaitathyaprakaraṇan. Name of chapter of a work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāpṛtyakaramfn. (fr. vyāpṛta-) equals bhogin- (see vaiyāvṛtti-kara-and vaiyāvṛttya-k-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāvṛttyakaramfn. one who has to execute a commission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāvṛttyakaram. (with Buddhists) an incorporeal servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakratuṇḍagaṇanāyakaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyakaramfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') executing the words or commands (of another) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyakaraṇasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vallakarañjam. Pongamia Glabra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśakaram. making or founding a family, propagating or perpetuating a race View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśakaram. an ancestor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśakaram. a son View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśakaram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāraṇakaram. an elephant's"hand" id est trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāṭakarajasm. Mesua Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣadaśāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣakaramfn. making or producing rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣakaram. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaśakaramf(ī-)n. subjugating, winning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaśīkaraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaśyakaramfn. giving power over others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaśyakara View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātakaramfn. producing wind (in the body), causing flatulence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaprakaraṇan. Name of work ( vedāntaprakaraṇavākyāmṛta ṇa-vākyāmṛta- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaprakaraṇavākyāmṛtan. vedāntaprakaraṇa
vedarakara vedarkara-, prob. wrong reading for bedar-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopakaraṇan. " veda--instrument", a subordinate science for aiding or promoting a knowledge of the veda- (= vedāṅga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopakaraṇasamūham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepanakaramfn. manifesting tremor, trembling, quivering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vighnakaramfn. causing any obstacle or interruption, opposing, impeding, obstructing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñānasaṃjñāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikakara(v/i--) m. a kind of bird (see -kakara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparītagrahaprakaraṇan. Name of. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparītakaramfn. acting in a contrary manner or perversely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipriyakaramfn. () doing what is displeasing, acting unkindly, offensive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrasiṃhamitrodayesaṃskāraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virūpakaraṇamf(ī-)n. disfiguring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virūpakaraṇan. the act of disfiguring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virūpakaraṇan. inflicting an injury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīryakaram. "giving strength", marrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśadanarakarankāyaNom. A1. (yate-), to resemble a white human skull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśalyakaraṇamf(ī-)n. healing wounds inflicted by arrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśalyakaraṇīf. a particular herb with wonder-working properties View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣakaraṇan. making better, improvement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vismayakaramfn. causing astonishment or admiration, astonishing, wonderful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇuyantraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṭambhakaramfn. stopping, restraining, obstructing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣūcīnakaraṇan. causing to go asunder, separating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhakaraṇamfn. one whose acts are pure or virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhaprakaraṇaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāsakaraṇan. causing banishment, banishing, transporting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekamakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣṭikarendraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyālakaraja() m. equals -nakha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyānatakaraṇan. a particular posture in coitus, lb. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptipañcakarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyasanaprasāritakaramfn. having the hand stretched forth for (inflicting) calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatipātaprakaranan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayakaramf(ī-)n. one who makes payments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayakaraṇa m. a paymaster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayakaraṇakam. a paymaster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñopakaraṇan. an implement useful or necessary for sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yamakaratnākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yānakaram. "carriage maker", a wheelwright, carpenter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrakaraṇḍikāf. a kind of magical basket View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yātrāprakaraṇan. Name of work (and yātrāprakaraṇaṭīkā -ṭīkā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yātrāprakaraṇaṭīkāf. yātrāprakaraṇa
yogābhyāsaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogakaram. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogakaraṇḍakam. Name of a minister of brahma-datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogakaraṇḍikāf. Name of a female religious mendicant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogakṣemakaramfn. causing gain and security, causing protection of what is acquired, one who takes charge of property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yoginīdaśāprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuddhopakaraṇan. any war implement, accoutrements View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
23 results
akara अकर a. [न. ब.] 1 Handless, maimed. -2 Exempt from tax or duty. -3 [न. त.] Not doing or acting; not disposed to work, ceasing from work. -रा N. of a plant आमलकी, Emblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica (Mar. आंवळा) (अकं दुःखं सेवनात् लोकानां राति गृह्णाति नाश- यतीति; रा-क Tv.).
akaraṇam अकरणम् [कृ-भावे ल्युट् न. त.] Not doing, absence of action; अकरणान्मन्दकरणं श्रेयः. -ण a. [न. ब.] 1 Not artificial, natural. -2 Devoid of all organs, (epithet of the Supreme Spirit).
akaraṇiḥ अकरणिः f. [नञ्-कृ-आक्रोशे अनिः; P.III.3.112.] Failure, disappointment, non-accomplishment, mostly used in imprecations; तस्याकरणिरेवास्तु Sk. may he be disappointed, or experience of failure! अकरणिर्ह ते वृषल Mbh.6.1.158.
apakaraṇam अपकरणम् 1 Acting improperly. -2 Doing wrong, injuring; ill-treating, offending.
aprakara अप्रकर a. Not acting well.
aprakaraṇam अप्रकरणम् Not the main or principal topic, incidental or irrelevant matter.
abhaṃyakara अभंयकर कृत् a. [अ-भय-कृ with the insertion of खच् मेघर्तिभयेषु कृञः P.III.2.43]. 1 Not dreadful. -2 Causing security. यत इन्द्र भयामहे ततो नो अभयं कृधि । Rv.8.61.13 सोमपा अभयंकरः Rv.1.152.2.
āpakara आपकर a. (-री f.) [अपकरे भवः अण् अञ् च] Offensive, unfriendly, mischievous.
upakaraṇam उपकरणम् 1 Doing service or favour, helping, assisting. -2 Material, implement, instrument, means; यथैवोपकरणवतां जीवितं तथैव ते जीवितं स्यात् Bṛi. Up.2.4.2.; स्वेषूपकरणेषु U.5; ˚द्रव्यम् Mk.3; उपकरणीभावमायाति U.3.3 serve as helping instruments, or assistants; परोप- कारोपकरणं शरीरम् K.27; so स्नान˚ bathing materials; Pt.1; व्यायाम˚ athletic materials; आत्मा परोपकरणीकृतः H.2.24; K.8,12,198,24; Y.2.276, Ms.9.27. -3 An engine, machine, apparatus, paraphernalia (in general). -4 Means of subsistence, anything supporting life. -5 A means or expedient; कर्म˚, वेद˚, यज्ञ˚ &c. -6 Fabricating, composing, elaborating. -7 The insignia of royalty. -8 The attendants of a king. -Comp. -अर्थ a. Suitable, requisite.
kakaraḥ ककरः A kind of bird (Ved.); Vāj.24.2.
kāpyakaraḥ काप्यकरः कारः A penitent.
krakaraḥ क्रकरः 1 A kind of partridge. -2 A saw. -3 A poor man. -4 A disease.
krakaraṭaḥ क्रकरटः A lark.
prakaraḥ प्रकरः 1 A heap, multitude, quantity, collection; मुक्ताफलप्रकरभाञ्जि गुहागृहाणि Śi.5.12; बाष्पप्रकरकलुषां दृष्टिम् Ś.6.9; R.9.56; Ku.5.68. -2 A nosegay, bunch of flowers. -3 Aid, assistance, friendship. -4 Usage, practice. -5 Respect. -6 Seduction, abduction. -7 Washing, cleansing (संक्षालन); अत्रामत्रप्रकरकरणे वर्तते$सौ नियुक्तः Viś. Guṇa.154. -रम् Aloe-wood.
prakaraṇam प्रकरणम् 1 Treating, explaining, discussing. -2 (a) A subject, topic, department, a subject (of representation); कतमत् प्रकरणमाश्रित्य Ś.1. (b) A head or subject of treatment. (c) A province or department. -3 A section, chapter or any smaller division of a work. तस्यायं प्रकरणाधिकरणसमुद्देशः Kau. A.1.1.1. -4 An opportunity, occasion. -5 An affair, a matter; अस्मिन्नेव प्रकरणे धनंजयमुदारधीः (उवाच) Mb.12.26.1. -6 An introduction, prologue; वयमपि प्रकरणमारभामहे Pratijñā 1. -7 Relation. -8 Doing much or well. -9 A species of drama with invented or fictitious plot; as the मृच्छकटिक, मालतीमाधव, पुष्पभूषित &c. The S. D. thus defines it:-- भवेत् प्रकरणे वृत्तं लौकिकं कविकल्पितं । शृङ्गारो$ङ्गी नायकस्तु विप्रो$मात्यो$थवा वणिक् । सापायधर्मकामार्थपरो धीर- प्रशान्तकः ॥ 511. -1 Context. This is one of the six प्रमाणs helpful in properly construing a विनियोगविधि. These प्रमाणs and their relative strength is stated by जैमिनि in श्रुतिलिङ्गवाक्यप्रकरणस्थानसमाख्यानां पारदौर्बल्यमर्थविप्र- कर्षात् प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -Comp. -समः a kind of sophism; an assertion by two opponents of some argument which has the same force. प्रकरणिका prakaraṇikā प्रकरणी prakaraṇī प्रकरणिका प्रकरणी A drama of the same character as the प्रकरण. The S. D. thus defines it:-- नाटिकैव प्रकरणिका सार्थवाहादिनायिका । समानवंशजा नेतुर्भवेद्यत्र च नायिका ॥ 554.
makaraḥ मकरः [मं विषं किरति कॄ-अच् Tv.] 1 A kind of seaanimal, a crocodile, shark; झषाणां मकरश्चास्मि Bg.1.31; मकरवक्त्र Bh.2.4. (Makara is regarded as an emblem of Cupid; cf. comps. below). -2 The sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -3 An array of troops in the form of a Makara; दण्डव्यूहेन तन्मार्गं यायात्तु शकटेन वा । वराहमकराभ्यां वा ... Ms.7.187; Śukra.4.11. -4 An ear-ring in the shape of a Makara. -5 The hands folded in the form of a Makara. -6 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -7 The tenth arc of thirty degrees in any circle. -Comp. -अङ्कः an epithet of 1 the god of love. -2 the ocean. -अश्वः an epithet of Varuṇa. -आकरः, -आवासः the ocean; प्रविश्य मकरावासं यादोगणनिषेवितम् Mb.7.11.19. -आलयः 1 the ocean. -2 a symbolical expression for the number 'four'. -आसनम् a kind of Āsana in yoga; मकरासनमावक्ष्ये वायूनां स्तम्भकारणात् । पृष्ठे पादद्वयं बद्ध्वा हस्ताभ्यां पृष्ठबन्धनम् ॥ Rudrayāmala. -कुण्डलम् an ear-ring in the shape of a Makara; हेमाङ्गदलसद्- बाहुः स्फुरन्मकरकुण्डलः (रराज) Bhāg.8.15.9. -केतनः, -केतुः, -केतुमत् m. epithets of the god of love. -ध्वजः 1 an epithet of the god of love; संप्राप्तं मकरध्वजेन मथनं त्वत्तो मदर्थे पुरा Ratn.1.3; तत्प्रेमवारि मकरध्वजतापहारि Ch. P. 41. -2 a particular array of troops. -3 the sea. -4 a particular medical preparation. -राशिः f. the sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -वाहनः N. of Varuṇa. -संक्रमणम् the passage of the sun into the sign Capricornus. -सप्तमी the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha.
makarandaḥ मकरन्दः [मकरमपि द्यति कामजनकत्वात् दो-अवखन्डने क पृषो˚ मुम् Tv.] 1 The honey of flowers, flower-juice; निषिद्धै- रप्येभिर्लुलितमकरन्दो मधुकरैः Ve.1.1; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दाना- मयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6,8. -2 A kind of jasmine. -3 The cuckoo. -4 A bee. -5 A kind of fragrant mango tree. -6 (In music) A kind of measure. -न्दम् A filament.
makarandavat मकरन्दवत् a. Filled with honey. -ती The Pātalā creeper or its flower.
makarandikā मकरन्दिका A kind of metre.
vakaraḥ वकरः The bend of a river.
śakaram शकरम् See शकल (1); मांसान्यस्य शकराणि Bṛi. Up.3.9.28.
sakara सकर a. 1 Having hands. -2 Bearing taxes. -3 Having tusks or a trunk. -4 Full of rays; L. D. B.
sopakaraṇa सोपकरण a. Provided with all requisite materials or implements, properly equipped; सहोढं सोपकरणं घात- येदविचारयन् Ms.9.27.
Macdonell Vedic Search
1 result
kṛ kṛ make, V. kṛṇóti, kṛṇuté, iv. 50, 9; v. 83, 3; = hold, x. 34, 12; = raise [230] (voice), 8; pr. sb. 3. s. kṛṇávat, viii. 48, 3; 3. pl. kṛṇávan, iv. 51, 1; vii. 63, 4; 2. pl. Ā. kṛṇúdhvam, x. 34, 14; ipv. kṛṇuhí, x. 135, 3; pf. cakṛmá, vii. 86, 5; x. 15, 4; cakrúr, vii. 63, 5; Ā. cakré, x. 90, 8; cakrá̄te, viii. 29, 9; cakriré, i. 85, 1. 2. 7. 10; ft. kariṣyási, i. 1, 6; root ao. ákar, ii. 12, 4; iii. 59. 9; v. 83, 10; ákran, x. 14, 9; 3. pl. Ā. ákrata, vii. 103, 8; x. 34, 5; sb. kárati, ii. 35, 1; kárāma, x. 15, 6; ao. ps. ákāri, vii. 61, 7 [cp. Gk. κραίνω ‘accomplish’. Lat. creò ‘create’]. úpa á̄- drive up for: rt. ao. ákaram, x. 127, 8. āvís- make manifest, v. 83, 3. nís- turn out: rt. ao. askṛta, x. 127, 3.
Macdonell Search
44 results
akaraṇa a. unartificial, natural.
akaraṇa n. omission to do.
akāryakaraṇa n. doing a mis deed.
agrakara m. finger; first ray; -ga, a. going in front; going through the end of (--°ree;); -ganya, fp. to be accounted the first of (g.); -ga, a. firstborn; m. elder brother; -ganman, m. Brâhman.
atuṣārakara m. sun.
antakara a. making an end, kill ing: -na, a. id.; n. destruction.
apriyakara a. unpleasant; caus ing disaffection; -krit, a. acting unkindly; -bhâgin, a. full of unpleasantness.
arthakara a. (î) useful; -kâma, n. sg., m. du. the useful and the pleasant; a. de sirous of wealth; wishing to be useful; -kâm ya, a. id.; -kârsya, n. destitution, poverty; -kilbishin, a. transgressing with money; -krikkhra, n. difficult matter; -krit, a. use ful; -kritya, n., â, f. accomplishment of an affair; -grahana, n. taking away of money; import of the meaning; -ghna, a. (î) pro digal; -kitta, a. intent on riches; -kintaka,a. knower of the useful; -gâta, n. sg. pl. money; things, objects; -gña, a. understanding the matter or the meaning; -tattva, n. real state of things; fact of a matter; true sense: -tas, ad. for a purpose; for the sake of (--°ree;); for the sake of gain; in truth, really, according to the meaning; -trishnâ, f. thirst for gold, avarice; -tva, n. serviceableness for (--°ree;); -da, a. useful; liberal; -datta, m. N. of wealthy merchants; -darsana, n.judging a matter; -dâna, n. present in money; -dûshana, n. prodigality; unjust seizure of property.
avakara m. sweepings; -kûta, m. n. dust-heap.
avipakvakaraṇa a. having immature organs.
upakaraṇa n. doing a service or favour; accessory; implement, instrument; furniture; contribution; means; aid; supple mentary treatise; (á)-vat, a. supplied with means; î-kri, make a tool of; î-bhû,become a tool of; î-ya, fp. to whom a service is to be done or is done: -tâ, f. abst. n.
ūrdhvakara a. with raised hands or upward rays; -karna, a. pricking up one's ears; -krita, pp. raised upwards; -ga, a. going upwards; -gati, f. going upwards; bounding; a. going upwards or to heaven; -gamana, n. rising, ascending, elevation: -vat, a. moving upwards; -gâmin, a.=-ga; -gvalana, n. flaming up; -ghampa, m. up ward leap; -dris, a. looking upwards; -drishti, a. upward gaze; -pâtra, n. tall vessel; -pâda, a. holding up the feet; m. tip of the foot; -pundra, -ka, m. vertical line marked with sandal &c. on the forehead of a Brâhman, sectarian mark; -bâhu, a. having the arms raised; -brihatî, f. a metre; -bhâga, m.upper part; -mukha, a. with upturned face; having its mouth turned upwards; darting up wards; -munda, a. shaved on the crown; -râgi, f. upward streak; -rekhâ, f. upward line; -retas, a. whose seed remains above, chaste; -loka, m. upper world, heaven; -vâla, a. hair outwards; -vrita, pp. worn above=over the shoulder.
kāryakaraṇāpekṣā f. view to carrying out one's design; -kartri, m. promoter of the cause of (g.); -kârana, n. a special object as a cause, special reason: -tas, ad. from special motives, -tva, n. being effect and cause; -kâla, m. time for action; -kintaka, m. manager of a business.
kṣemakara a. affording peace and security; -kâra, -krit, -m-kara, a. id.
caṇḍakara m. (hot-rayed), sun.
tigmakara m. sun (hot-rayed); (á)-tegas, a. keen-edged, sharp-pointed; im petuous, energetic; m. sun; -dîdhiti, m. sun; -dyuti, m. id.; -bhâs, -rasmi, -ruki, m. id.; -vîrya, a. powerful; -sri&ndot;ga,a. sharp horned; (á)-heti, a. bearing sharp missiles.
tīkṣṇakara m. (hot-rayed), sun; -tâ, f. sharpness; -tva, n. burning heat; -damsh- trá, a. sharp-toothed; m. N.; -danda, a. punishing severely; -dhâra, a. keen-edged; m. sword; -mârga, m. (whose path is sharp), sword; -rasa, m. burning draught, poison: -dâyin, m. poisoner; -rûpin, a. harsh-looking; -vipâka, a. causing a burning during diges tion; -vrishana, m. N. of a bull; (á)-sri&ndot;ga, a. sharp-horned; -hridaya, a. hard-hearted: -tva, n. -ness.
divasakara m. (day-maker), sun; -kshaya, m. decline of day, evening; -kara, a. moving by day (animal); -nâtha, m. (lord of day), sun; -bhartri, m. id.; -mukha, n. day-break; -vâra, m. week-day; -vigama, m. decline of day; -vyâpâra, m. daily func tions (such as ablutions etc.).
duḥkhakara a. afflicting (g.); -gata, n. adversity, misfortune; -graha, a. hard to comprehend; -kkhedya, fp. hard to destroy; -gîvin, a. living in distress; -tara, cpv. more unpleasant or distressing; n.greater affliction, hardship, or evil; -tâ, f. discomfort, distress, affliction; -duhkha, n. in. with great difficulty; -prâya, a. abounding in woe; -bhâgin, a. having misfortune for one's lot, unfortunate; -bhâg, a. id.
doṣakara a. harmful, injurious to (g.); -guna, n. sg. faults and merits; -gun in, a. possessed of faults and merits: (-i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -gña, a. knowing the faults of (--°ree;); knowing what is hurtful, wise; -tva, n. faultiness, defectiveness.
nagarandhrakara m. mountain-cleaver, ep. of Kârtikeya.
nāmakaraṇa n. ceremony of giving a name; -karman, n. id.; -kîrtana, n. mentioning the name of (g.); -gotra, n. du. personal and family name; -graha, m., -grahana, n. mention of a name; -grâhá, m. id.: (-gr&asharp;ha)-m, abs. mentioning the name; -gâti-graha, m.: -na, n. mention of the name and rank (of the caste).
paropakaraṇa n. rendering of services to others; î-kri, make the instru ment of others; -½upakâra, m. services ren dered to others; -½upakâr-in, a. benefiting others (-i-tva, n. abst. n.); m. N. of a prince; -½upakriti, f. rendering of services to others.
pūjopakaraṇa n. requisite for doing honour (Pr.).
parakaragata pp. passed into the hands of others.
prakara m. (scattered) heap, quantity, plenty: î, f. kind of song; short interlude (in a drama); -karana, n. production, creation; treatment, discussion, exposition; subject of discussion, topic; section, chapter; special treatise, monograph; kind of drama (in which the plot is invented by the poet): asminn eva prakarane, in regard to this very point, in this connection; na ka prakaranam vetsi, nor do you know what the point in question is: -tas, ad. on a suitable occasion, -tva, n. condition of discussing (--°ree;); -kartavya, fp. to be prepared; to be displayed or cherished; to be appointed to (lc.); -kartri, m. one who causes or occasions; -karsha, m. (preference, advantage), excellence, superiority, pre-eminence; intensity, excess; predominance; --°ree; a. consisting for the most part in: in., ab., °ree;--, highly, strongly, thoroughly; -karshana, m. troubler;n. drawing off; protrusion; extension, long duration; -karsha-vat, a. excellent; --°ree;, distinguished or pre-eminent in; -kalpanâ, f. allotment; -kalp-ita, pp. fitted, arranged, placed; -kalp-ya, to be allotted or settled; -kâ&ndot;kshâ, f. appetite; -kânda, m. n. trunk of a tree (between the root and branches); minor section in a book; --°ree;=pre-eminent, excellent; -kâmá, m. delight, voluptuousness: pl. objects of desire: -m, -tas, or°ree;--, ad. with delight, willingly; according to desire, sufficiently; in very deed; -kâra, m. kind, sort, species; way, manner; --°ree; a. of the nature of, -like: kena prakârena, in what way? how? prakâraih, in one way or another; râmâyanasya bhâratasya vâ pra kârah, a kind of Râmâyana or Mahâbhârata; -kâra-ka, a. (--°ree;) of the nature of, -like; -kâra-tâ, f. speciality; -kâra-vat, a. belonging to a species; -kârya, fp. to be exhibited; -kâlana, a. driving on; m. N. of a Nâga.
balakara a. strengthening; -kâma, a. desiring strength; -krit, a. strengthening; -kriti, f. mighty deed.
bāhyakaraṇa n. external organ of sense; -tara, cpv. external etc.; outcast; -tas, ad. prp. outside, without (ab., g.); -tâ, f. deviation or divergence from (ab.); -pra kriti, f. pl. constituent parts of a foreign state (except the king).
bhayakara a. terrifying; endan gering (g.); -kartri, -krit, m. one who terri fies or endangers; -m-kara, a. (î) fear-in spiring, terrifying, formidable (to, --°ree;); m. N.; -dindima, m. battle-drum; -trâtri, m. rescuer from danger; -da, a. terrifying or bringing danger to (g. or --°ree;); -dâna, n. gift given through fear; -dâyin, a. fear-inspir ing; -dhana, a. abounding in dread, terrible; -pratîkâra, m. removal of danger; -prada, a. fear-inspiring; -pradâyin, a. bringing into danger consisting of (--°ree;); -vihvala, a. agi tated with fear; -vyûha, m. kind of mili tary array in view of danger on all sides; -soka-samâvishta, pp. filled with fear and sorrow; -samtrasta-mânasa, a. having a mind scared with fear; -sthâna, n. occasion of danger; -hâraka, a. freeing from fear or danger; -hetu, m. cause of alarm.
bhūtakaraṇa n. that which pro duces the past tense, augment; -kartri, m. creator of beings; -kâla, m. past time; -kâl ika, a. relating to the past; -krít, a. creat ing beings; m. creator of beings; -ketu, m. N. of a Vetâla; -gana, m. the host of created beings; a or the host of spirits; -grâ ma, m. sg. & pl. the aggregate of created beings, community of creatures; multitude of spirits; -kârin, a. moving among beings (Siva); -kintâ, f. investigation of the ele ments; -kaitanika, m. believer in the doc trine that mind is produced from material elements; -kaitanya, n. state of matter being mind; -gananî, f. mother of all beings; -gâta, n.aggregate of beings; -tâ, f. verity, truth; -tva, n. condition of created beings or elements; -dayâ, f. tenderness to all creatures; -druh, a. injuring creatures; -dharâ, f. supporter of creatures, earth; -dhâtrî, f. supporter of creatures (sleep); earth; -dhârinî, f. earth; -nâtha, m. ruler of spirits, ep. of Siva; -nikaya, m. (aggre gate of elements), body; -páti, m. lord of creatures, esp. of evil spirits, ep. of Agni, Bhava, Sarva, and Siva; -pâla, m.protector of creatures; -pûrva, a. having been before, former; old (stories); deceased: -tâ, f. for mer circumstances; -prakriti, f. primal source of created beings; -bhartri, m. lord of spirits, ep. of Siva; -bhâvana, a.blessing creatures, ep. of Brahman; -bhâvin, a. creating beings; past and future; -bhâshâ, f., -bhâshita, (pp.) n. language of the goblins; -bhrit, a. supporting beings; -bhautika, a. consisting of the elements and what is formed of them; -maya, a. (î) including all beings; formed out of the five elements; -mahesvara, m. great lord of the spirits, ep. of Siva; -mâ trâ, f. pl. the subtile elements; the gross and the subtile elements; -yagñá, m.offering to all created beings (one of the five Mahâya gñas to be performed daily by the householder; it consists in the oblation of the Bali, q. v.); -yoni, f. origin of created beings; -râg, m. king of the spirits, ep. of Siva; -rûpa, a. having the form of a goblin.
bhogakara a. (î) affording enjoy ment; -griha, n. women's apartments, harem; -tva, n. condition of enjoyment etc.; -dattâ, f. N.; -deva, m. N.; -deha, m. body of en joyment (subtle body assumed by dead persons, with which they enjoy pleasure or pain ac cording to the actions of their pastlife); -pati, m. (lord of the revenue), governor of a city or province, viceroy; -bhug, a. indulging in pleasure; m. wealthy man.
makaranda m. flower-juice; N.; N. of a pleasure-garden near Uggayinî; -kanâ-ya, den. Â. resemble drops of flower juice; -½udyâna, n. N. of a pleasure-gar den; -lâñkhana, m. (having a makara ashis emblem), Kâma; -½âkara, m. receptacle of makaras, ocean; -½aksha, m. (makara-eyed), N. of a Râkshasa; -½âlaya, m. abode of makaras, ocean; -½âvâsa, m. id.
makarakaṭī f. N.; -kundala, n. ear-ring in the shape of a makara; -ketana, m. (having the makara for his emblem), Kâma; -ketu, m. id.: -mat, m. id.; -damsh- trâ, f. N.; -dhvaga, m. (having the makara as his emblem), Kâma; kind of military array shaped like a makara.
makara m. kind of marine monster (perhaps crocodile or shark): regarded as an emblem of Kâma and used as an ornament on gates and on head-dresses; Capricorn (sign of the zodiac); kind of military array shaped like a makara (two triangles joined at the a pex).
madakara a. intoxicating; -karin, m. elephant in rut; -kala, a. passionately sweet (note); uttering soft sounds of love; drunk with passion; reeling with intoxica tion; being in rut, beginning to rut (elephant); -kârin, -krit, a. intoxicating; -kyút, a. 1. (V.) reeling with excitement, exhilarated with Soma; gladdening, exhilarating; 2. distilling temple-juice (elephant); -gala, n. temple juice (of elephants); -gvara, m.fever of pas sion or pride; -durdina, n. stream of temple juice; -dvipa, m. rutting elephant.
yogakaraṇḍaka m. N.; ikâ, f. N. of a mendicant nun; -kshemá, m. sg. & pl. (C. also m. du. & sg. n.) possession or security of property; property; prosperity (ordinarily explained as meaningacquisi tion and preservation of property); property meant for pious uses; -kûrna, n. magic pow der; -ga, a. produced by meditation or Yoga; -tantra, n. Yoga doctrine, treatise on Yoga; -dharmin, a. practising Yoga; -nanda, m. the pseudo-Nanda; -nidrâ, f. sleep induced by the practice of Yoga, somnolent condi tion, dozing; Vishnu's sleep at the end of an age; -m-dhara, m. N.; -pati, m. lord of Yoga (Vishnu); -patha, m. path to Yoga;-bhâraka, m. shoulderyoke for the carrying of burdens; -bhrashta, pp. lapsed from devotion or contemplation; -maya, a. (î) produced from contemplation or Yoga; -mâyâ, f. magic; illusion produced by abstract meditation; -mârga, m. road to Yoga; -yâtrâ, f. recourse to mental ab sorption or Yoga; -yukta, pp. absorbed in meditation, practising Yoga; -ratna, n. magic jewel; -rûdha, pp. having an etymo logical and aconventional meaning (e. g. pa&ndot;ka-ga, growing in the mud and lotus); -rokanâ, f. kind of magical ointment (ren dering invisible or invulnerable); -vat, a. joined, united; practising Yoga; -vartikâ, f. magic wick; -vaha, a. bringing about, furthering (--°ree;); -vâh-in, a. intriguing: (-i) tva, n. intrigue; -vid, a. knowing the right means or method; knowing what is fitting or suitable; versed in Yoga; -vidyâ, f. knowledge of Yoga; -vibhâga, m. splitting of a grammatical rule into two; -sabda, m. the word yoga; etymological word (the mean ing of which results from the derivation); -sâyin, a. somnolent in consequence of medi tation; -sâstra, n.Yoga doctrine (esp. of Patañgali); -samâdhi, m. mental absorp tion resulting from Yoga; -sâra, m. univer sal remedy; -siddha, pp. perfected by Yoga; -siddhi, f. simultaneous accomplishment: -mat, a. versed in magic; -sûtra, n. the Sû tras on the Yoga (attributed to Patañgali).
vaṃśakara a. perpetuating a race; m. continuer of a family; N.; -karma-krit, m. worker in bamboo, basket-maker; -krit ya, n. function of a flute, flute-playing; -krama½âgata, pp. come down by family succession, lineally descended, hereditary; -krama½âhita-gaurava, a. highly esteemed by successive generations of the family; -gop tri, m. preserver of the family; -kintaka, m. genealogist; -kkhettri, m. (cutter off=) last of a family; -ga, a. made of bamboo; born in or belonging to the family of, sprung from a -family (--°ree;); belonging to the same family: with prâktanâh=ancestors; -dhara, a. perpetuating a family; m.continuer of a family; m. descendant; -nâdikâ, -nâdî, f. pipe of bamboo; -nâtha, m. chief of a race; -pattra, n. bamboo leaf; -pota, m. shoot of a cane and child of good family; -bâhya, a. re pudiated by the family; -brâhmana, n. list of ancient teachers; T.; -bhrit, m. perpetuator of a race; -bhogya, fp. to be enjoyed by successive generations, hereditary; -maya, a. (î) made of bamboo; -râgya-dhara, a. perpetuating race and dominion; -lûna, pp. deprived of one's family, alone in the world; -vardh ana, a. increasing or perpetuating a race; m. son; -vardhin, a. id.; -visuddha, pp. unblemished or sound in the cane; of pure lineage; -vistara, m.complete genealogy; -sthiti, f. perpetuation of a family.
vacanakara a. doing the bidding of (g.); obedient; -kârin, a. id.; -krama, m. course of speech, discourse; -patu, a. skilled in speech, eloquent; -rakanâ, f. adroitness of speech, eloquence; -sahâya,m. companion to converse with.
vaśakara a. (î) subduing, winning over; -kâraka, a. leading to subjection; -ga, a. subject, obedient, being in the power of, dependent on (g., --°ree;); -gata, pp. id.; -ga tva, n. dependence on (--°ree;);-tâ, f. id. (g., --°ree;); command of (lc.).
vātakara a. producing wind (one of the bodily humours), causing flatulence; -kshobha, m. excitement of wind (in the body); -ganda, a. belonging to the society called Vâtagandâ: â, f. N. of a certain society; -ghna, a. removing disorders from wind; -gava, a. fleet as the wind; (v&asharp;ta)- gûta, pp. driven by the wind, swift as the wind (V.); -pata, m. sail; (v&asharp;ta)-pramî, a. outstripping the wind (RV.1); -bhaksha, a. feeding on air.
śītakara m. (cool-rayed) moon; -kâla, m. cold season; -kriyâ, f. refrigera tion; -gu, m. (cool-rayed) moon; -gvara, m. ague; -tâ, f., -tva, n. coldness; -bhânu, m. moon; -maya, a. cool, cold; -mayûkha, m. moon; -rasmi, a. cool-rayed; m. moon: -tva, n. coolness of rays; -ruk, m. (cool rayed) moon; -ruki, m. id.; -rokis, m. id.
śubhakara a. auspicious; -karman, n. good work; a. acting nobly; -m-kara, m. (propitious), N. of an Asura; -datta, m. N.; -darsana, a. beautiful; -dina, n. auspicious day; -dhara, m. N.; -naya, m. N. of a sage; -prada, a. auspicious; -bhâvanâ, f. good opinion of men; -ma&ndot;gala, n. good fortune, prosperity; a. fortunate; -maya, a. (î) splen did, beautiful; -m-bhâvuka, a. looking beau tiful, splendid.
śeṣakaraṇa n. leaving a rem nant of (--°ree;); -tas, ad. otherwise; -tva, n. secondariness; applicability to other cases; -bhug, a. eating the remnants; -bhûta, pp. remaining; secondary; -vistâra-pându, a. pale in its remaining extent.
svakaraṇa n. making a woman one's own, marrying; -karma-ga, a. due to one's own act; -karman, n. one's (own) deed; one's (own) business or occupation; one's duty; -kâla, m. one's own time, proper time: lc. at the right time.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
44 results0 results2 results
akaraṃ pūruṣu priyam RVKh.10.128.4d. See karotu pūruṣu, kṛṇavat pūruṣapriyam, and pūruṣu.
akarat sūryavarcasam ApMB.1.1.9d. See akṛṇot sūryavarcasaḥ, akṛṇoḥ sūryatvacam, and avakṛṇot sūryatvacam.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"akara" has 200 results
antakaraṇaliterally bringing about as the final; an affix (which is generally put at the end); ancient term for an affix: confer, compareएतेः कारितं च यकारादिं चान्तकरणम्। अस्तेः शुद्धं च सकारादिं च । Nirukta of Yāska.I.13
ābhīyaprakaraṇaa section of Pāṇini's grammar from VI.4.-2 to VI. 4.129, called अाभीय, as it extends to the rule भस्य VI.4.129, including it but as the governing rule भस्य is valid in every rule upto the end of the Pāda, the आभीयप्रकरण also extends upto the end of the Pāda.See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
evakārakaraṇause of the word एव; confer, compare उक्तममैवाव्ययेन इत्यत्र एवकारकरणस्य प्रयोजनम्० M.Bh. on P.III.4.24.
taparakaraṇaaddition of the mute letter त् after a vowel to signify the inclusion of only such varieties of the vowel as take the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त्; confer, compare P. I. 1.70. See त्.
dūṣakaradodbhedaname of a commentary, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa, believed to have been written by Gopalacārya Karhadkar, a grammarian of the 19th century and attributed to Bhimacarya. This commentary, which was written to criticize the commentary written by Visnusastri Bhat, was again criticized in reply by Visnusastri Bhat in his Ciccandrika ( चिच्चन्द्रिका ). See विष्णुशास्त्री भट.
pṛthagyogakaraṇaframing a separate rule for a thing instead of mentioning it along with other things in the same context, which implies some purpose in the mind of the author such as anuvrtti in subsequent rules, option, and so on; confer, compare पृथग्योगकरणमस्य विधेरनित्यत्वज्ञापनार्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.3.7; confer, compare also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I.3.33, I. 3. 84, I.4.58, III.1.56, IV.1.16, VII. 4.33, VIII.1.52, VIII.1.74.
prakaraṇatopic; context; a section wherein a particular subject is treated; confer, compare अर्थात् प्रकरणाद्वा लोके कृत्रिमाकृत्रिमयोः कृत्रिमे संप्रत्ययो भवति M.Bh. on I. 1. 23; confer, compare also सामान्यशब्दाश्च नान्तरेण विशेषं प्रकरणं वा विशेषेष्ववतिष्ठन्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 2.45 Vart 9.
prakaraṇagranthaliterary works in which the treatment is given in the form of topics by arranging the original sutras or rules differently so that all such rules as relate to a particular topic are found together: the Prakriykaumudi, the Siddhantakumudi and others are called प्रकरणग्रन्थs. Such works are generally known by the name प्राक्रयाग्रन्थ as opposed to वृतिग्रन्थ.
belavalakara[ SHRIPAD KRISHNA BELVALKAR ]a well-known Sanskrit scholar of the present day who has been the General Editor of the Mahabharata published by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona. He has written a book on grammar reviewing very briefly the various systems of Sanskrit grammar, which is named "Systems of Sanskrit Grammar".
bhāṇḍārakara[ Sir Ramakrishna Gopal Bhandarkar 1837-1925 A. D. ]a well-known scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who has written learned articles on many grammatical topics. He was a distinguished Professor of Sanskrit in the latter half of the nineteenth century. He was one of the pioneers of Sanskrit studies in India.
makarand(1)name of a commentary by Raṅganātha on the Padamañjari of Haradatta; (2) name of a commentary on the Supadma Vyākaraṇa by Viṣṇumiśra.
yatprakaraṇaliterally the topic or the section of यत्; the section where the taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribedition This taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribed in the fifth adhyaaya of Paanini in a number of rules in different and different senses ; confer, compare यत्प्रक्ररणे रथाच्च P.V. 1.6 Vaart.1 ; यत्प्रकरणे व्रह्मवर्चसान्त्व P.V.1.39 Vaart. 1.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
gālavaan ancient grammarian and niruktakara quoted by Panini; confer, compare P. VI 3.60, VII. I.74, VII. 3,99, VIII. 4.67, confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.IV. 3.
goṇikāputraa grammarian whose wiew in connection with the correctness of the expressions नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नं and नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नस्य is given by the Mahabhasyakara in the words 'both expressions are justified' ( उभयथा गेणिकापुत्रः ). Nagesa has observed that गेोणिकापुत्र is nobody else but the Mahabhasyakara himself; confer, compare गोणिकापुत्रः भाष्यकार इत्याहुः । NageSa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahabhasyapradipa on P. I. 4.5I.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
gopāla( देव )known more by the nickname of मन्नुदेव or मन्तुदेव who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote several commentary works on well-known grammatical treatises such as the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara, Laghusabdendusekhara, Paribhasendusekhara et cetera, and others He is believed to have written a treatise on Ganasutras also; (2) a grammarian different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. मन्नुदेव who has written an explanatory work on the Pratisakhyas;.(3) a scholar of grammar, different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. who is believed to have written a gloss named Visamarthadipika on the Sarasvata Vyakarana at the end of the sixteenth century.
gopīcandraknown also by the name गेयींचन्द्र who .has written several commentary works on the grammatical treatises of the Samksipatasara or Jaumāra school of Vyakarana founded by Kramdisvara and Jumaranandin in the 12th century, the well-known among them being the संक्षिप्तसाटीका, संक्षितसारपरिभात्रासूत्रटीका and तद्धितपरिशिष्टटीका. He is believed to have lived in the thirteenth century A. D.
golḍsṭyūkaraa well known German scholar who made a sound study of Paini's Sanskrit Vyakarana and wrote a very informative treatise entitled 'Panini, his place in Sanskrit Literature.' He lived in the latter half of the 19th century.
govindarāmawriter of 'Sabdadipika,' a commentary on the Mugdhabodha Vyakarana of Bopadeva.
gautamaan ancient sage referred to in the Pratisakhya works as a Pratisakhyakara; confer, compare T.Pr. V.38.
ghi(1)a tech. term applied to noun bases or Prātipadikas ending in इ and उ excepting the words सखि and पति and those which are termed नदी; confer, compare P. I. 4.79; (2) a conventional term for लधु ( a short vowel) found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ghuṭa conventional term for the first five case-affixes; confer, compare घुटि च Kat. II. 1.68. The term घुट् is used in the Katantra Vyakarana and corresponds to the term सर्वनामस्थान of Panini.
ṅa(1)fifth consonant of the guttural class of consonants which is a nasal ( अनुनासिक ) consonant; the vowel अ being added at the end for facility of pronunciation; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.21; (2) a conventional term used for all the nasal consonants in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ca(l)the letter च्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) a Bratyahara or short term standing for the palatal class of consonants च्, छ्, ज्,झ् and ञ्; cf इचशेयास्तालौ Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 66; (3) indeclinable च called Nipata by Panini; confer, compare चादयोSसत्त्वे P. I. 4.57, च possesses four senses समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 2.29. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.29 Vart. 15 for a detailed explanation of the four senses. The indeclinable च is sometimes used in the sense of 'a determined mention' or avadharana; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 1.48 and 72. It is also used for the purpose of अनुवृत्ति or अनुकर्षण i. e. drawing a word from the previous rule to the next rule; (confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.90) with a convention that a word drawn thus, does not proceed to the next rule; confer, compare चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र Par. Sek Pari. 78; (4) a conventional term for अभ्यास (reduplicative syllable) used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; confer, compare चविकारेषु अपवादा उत्सर्गान्न बाधन्ते Kat. Pari. 75.
candrakīrtia Jain grammarian of the twelfth century A.D. who has written a commentary named Subodhini on the Sarasvata Vyakaraha.
candrācāryaa grammarian mentioned by Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya as one who took a leading part in restoring the traditional explanation of Panini's Vyakarana which, by the spread of rival easy treatises on grammar, had become almost lost: confer, compare यः पतञ्जलिशिष्येभ्यो भ्रष्टो ब्याकरणागमः । काले स दाक्षिणात्येषु ग्रन्थमात्रे व्यवस्थित: ॥ पर्वतादागमं लब्ध्वा भाष्यबीजानुसारिभि: । स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः ॥ Vakyapadiya II. 488-489. See चन्द्र and चन्द्रगोमिन्.
cādia class of words headed by च which are termed निपात by Panini e gच,वा,ह, एवम् नूनम्, चेत्, माङ् et cetera, and others; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे. P. I.4.57. For the meaning of the word असत्त्व see p.370 Vyakaranamahabhasya. Vol. VII. published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
cārthathe meaning of the indeclinable च to convey which, as existing in different individuals, the dvandva compound is prescribeditionOut of the four senses possessed by the inde clinable च, the Dvandva compound is prescribed in two senses viz.इतरेतरयोग and समाहार out of the four समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार: confer, compare कः पुनश्चेन कृतोर्थः समुच्चयोन्वाचय इतरेतरयोगः समाहार इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.29; confer, compare also Candra Vyakarana II.2.48
ciccandrikāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Vishnu Shastri Bhat, in reply to the treatise named दूषकरदोद्भेदः See विष्णुशास्त्रिन्. For details see pp. 39, 40 of Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
cintāmaṇiname of a commentary on the Sutras of the Sakatayana Vyakarana written by यक्षवर्मन्, It is also called लधुवृत्ति.
jagannātha(1)the well-known poet and scholar of Vyakarana and Alam kara who wrote many excellent poetical works. He lived in the sixteenth century. He was a pupil of कृष्णशेष and he severely criticised the views of Appaya Diksita and Bhattoji Diksita. He wrote a sort of refutation of Bhattoji's commentary Praudha-Manorama on the Siddhānta Kaumudi, which he named प्रौढमनेारमाखण्डन but which is popularly termed मनोरमाकुचमर्दन. His famous work is the Rasagangadhara on Alankrasastra; (2) writer of a commentary on the Rk-Pratisakhya by name Varnakramalaksana; (3) writer of Sarapradipika, a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana.
jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya(1)a famous Bengalee scholar of Vyakarana and Nyaya who has written a small treatise dealing with syntax. The treatise is named कारकवाद.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jia conventional term for संप्रसारण used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
jit(l)literally affix marked with the mute letter ज्; e. g. जस्, जसि, जुस्. the word जित् is not however found used in this sense; (2) a word supposed to be marked with the mute indicatory letter ज्.The word is used in this sense by the Varttikakara saying that such a word does not denote itself but its synonyms; confer, compare जित् पर्यायवचनस्यैव राजांद्यर्थम् P.I.1.68 Vart. 7. In the Sutra सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II. 4. 23, the word राजन् is supposed to be जित् and hence it denotes इन्, ईश्वर et cetera, and others; but not the word राजन् itself; (3) In the Pratisakhya works जित् means the first two consonants of each class (वर्ग); exempli gratia, for example क्, ख्,च्, छ्. et cetera, and others which are the same as खय् letters in Panini's terminology; confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्, V. Pr.I.50;III.13.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jainendravyākaraṇamahāvṛttiname of a commentary on the Jainendra Vyakarana, written by Abhayanandin in the ninth century A. D. see जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
jaumāra( व्याकरण )a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.
jaumārapariśiṣṭaa supplement to the Jaumara Vyakarana written by Goyicandra. See गीयीचन्द्र.
jaumārasaṃskaraṇathe revised version by Jumuranandin of the original grammar treatise in verse called संक्षिप्तसार written by KramadiSvara, The Jaumarasamskarana is the samc as.jaumara Vyakarana, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
jyotsnā(Ι)name of a commentary by Rāmacandra possibly belonging to the 18th century on the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya; (2) name of a commentary on Nāgeśa's 'Laghuśabdenduśekhara by Udayaṃakara Pāṭhaka of Vārāṇasi in the 18th century.
jhacwording of the affix झ (see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) suggested by the Varttikakara to have the last vowel of अन्त acute, by चितः (P.VI.1.163) the property चित्व being transferred from the original झ to अन्त; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. तथा च झचश्चित्करणमर्थवद् भवति on P.VII.1.3.
jhi(1)verb-ending of the 3rd person. plural Parasmaipada, substituted for the लकार of the ten lakaras, changed to जुस in the potential and the benedictive moods, and optionally so in the imperfect and after the sign स् of the aorist; confer, compareP,III. 4. 82, 83, 84, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112: (2) a conventional term for अव्यय (indeclinable) used in the Jainendra Vyakaraha.
ṭhitmarked with the mute letter ठ्. There is no affix or word marked with mute ठ् (at the end) in Panini's grammar, but to avoid certain technical difficulties, the Mahabhasyakara has proposed mute ठ् instead of 'ट् in the' case of the affix इट् of the first person. singular. perf Atm. and ऊठ् prescribed as Samprasarana substitute by P. VI. 4.132 e: g. प्रष्ठौहः, प्रष्ठौहा; confer, compare M.Bh. on III.4.79 and VI.4.19.
ṇa(1)krt affix अ, added optionally to the roots headed by ज्वल् and ending with कस् in the first conjugation (see ज्वलिति a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) in the sense of agent, and necessarily to the root श्यै, roots ending with अा and the roots व्यध्, आस्रु, संस्रु, इ with अति, सो with अव, हृ with अव, लिह्, श्लिष् and श्वस्, to the roots दु and नी without any prefix and optionally to ग्रह्: e. g. ज्वालः or ज्वलः, अवश्यायः, दायः, धायः, व्याधः, अास्त्रावः, संस्त्रवः, अत्यायः, अवसायः, अवहार:, लेहः, श्लेष:, श्वास:, दावः, नाय:, ग्रहः or ग्राहः: ; in the case of the root ग्रह् the affix ण is applied by ब्यवस्थितविभाषा, the word ग्रहः meaning a planet and the word ग्राहः meaning a crocodile; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.140-143; (2) krt affix अ in the sense of verbal activity ( भाव ) applied along with the affix अप् to the root अद् with नि; exempli gratia, for exampleन्यादः निघसः; confer, compare P. III.3.60; (3) krt affix ण prescribed by the Varttikakara after the roots तन्, शील्. काम, भक्ष् and चर् with आ; confer, compare P.III.1.140 Vart 1, and III. 2.l Vart. 7; (4) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of अपत्य added along with टक् also, to a word referring to a female descendant (गेीत्रस्त्री) if the resultant word indicates censure ; e. g. गार्भ्यः गार्गिकः confer, compare P. IV.1.147, 150; (5) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of अपत्य added also with the affix फिञ्, to the word फाण्टाहृति: (6) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of 'a game' added to a word meaning 'an instrument in the game'; exempli gratia, for example दाण्डा, मौष्टा: confer, compare P. IV.2.57: {7) taddhita affix. affix अ added to the word छत्त्र and others in the sense of 'habituated to' exempli gratia, for example छात्र:, शैक्षः, पौरोहः चौर:: confer, compare P.IV. 4.62: (8) taddhita affix. affix अ added to the words अन्न, भक्त, सर्व, पथिन् , यथाकथाच, प्रज्ञा, श्रद्धा, अर्चा, वृत्तिं and अरण्य in the senses specified with respect to each ; exempli gratia, for example आन्नः (मनुष्यः) भाक्तः ( शालिः ), सार्वे ( सर्वस्मै हितम् ), पान्थः, याथाकथाचं (कार्यम्), प्राज्ञः or प्रज्ञावान् , श्राद्धः or श्रद्धावान् , अार्चः or अर्चावान् , घार्त्तः or वृत्तिमान् and अारण्याः ( सुमनसः ); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV. 4.85, 100, V.1.10, 76, 98, V.2.101 and IV.2.104 Varttika.
ṇicaffix इ causing Vrddhi (1) applied to roots of the tenth conjugation ( चुरादिगण ) such as चुर् , चित् et cetera, and others e. g. चोरयति, चोरयते; confer, compare P. III. 1.25: (2) applied to any root to form a causal base from it, e. g. भावयति from भू, गमयति from गम्: confer, compare हेतुमति च P. III. 1.26: (3) applied to the words मुण्ड, मिश्र etc, in the sense of making, doing, practising et cetera, and others ( करण ); e. g. मुण्डं करोति मुण्डयति, व्रतयति (eats something or avoids it as an observance), हलं गृह्नाति हलयति et cetera, and others; cf P. III. 1.21; (4) applied to the words सत्य, पाश, रूप, वीणा, तूल, श्लोक, सेना, लोमन, त्वच्, वर्मन्, वर्ण and चूर्ण in the various senses given by the Varttikakara to form denominative roots ending in इ: e. g. सत्यापयति, पाशयति etc; confer, compare P. III.1.25: (5) applied to suitable words in the sense of composing, exempli gratia, for example सूत्रं करोति सूत्रयति, et cetera, and others: (6)applied to a verbal noun ( कृदन्त ) in the sense of 'narrating' with the omission of the krt affix and the karaka of the verbal activity put in a suitable case; e. g. कंसं घातयति for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे or बलिं बन्धयति for बलिबन्धमाचष्टे,or रात्रिं विवासयति, सूर्यमुद्गमयति, पुष्येण योजयति et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26. Roots ending in णिच् (णिजन्त) take the conjugational endings of both the Parasmaipada and the, Atmanepada: confer, compare णिचश्च P. I. 3.74. They have perfect forms by the addition of अाम् with a suitable form of the perfect tense of the root कृ, भू or अस् placed after अाम्, the word ending with अाम् and the verbal form after it being looked upon as separate words e. g. कारयां चकार कारयां चक्रे et cetera, and others; cf P. III.1.35, 40. They have the aorist form, with the substitution of the Vikarana चङ् ( अ ) for च्लि before which the root is reduplicated; e. g. अचीकरत्, अबीभवत् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.III.1.48, VI.1.11 as also VII.4.93-97.
t(1)personal ending of the third pers singular. Atm: confer, compare P. III. 4.78, which is changed to ते in the perfect tense and omitted after the substitute चिण् for च्लि in the aorist; confer, compare P.VI.4.04: (2) personal ending substituted for the affix थ of the Paras. 2nd person. plural in the imperative, imperfect, potential, benedictive, aorist and conditional for which, तात्, तन and थन are substituted in Vedic Literature, and also for हि in case a repetition of an action is meant; confer, compare P. III. 4. 85, 10l as also VII. 1. 44, 45 and III. 4. 2-5. cf P. III. 4. 85 and III. 4. 10I ; (3) taddhita affix. affix त applied to the words कम् and शम् e. g. कन्तः, शन्त:, confer, compare P. V. 2. 138: (4) taddhita affix. affix त applied to दशत् when दशत् is changed to श; confer, compare दशानां दशतां शभावः तश्च प्रत्ययः । दश दाशतः परिमाणमस्य संधस्य शतम्, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. l. 59; (5) .general term for the affix क्त of the past passive voice. part, in popular use: (6) a technical term for the past participle affixes (त) क्त and तवत् ( क्तवतु ) called निष्ठा by Panini; confer, compare P. I.1.26; the term त is used for निष्ठI in the Jainendra Vyakararna.
taṇancient term for संज्ञा and छन्दस् used by the Vartikakara: confer, compare बहुलं तणीति वक्तव्यम् । किमिदं तणीति । संज्ञाचन्दसो र्ग्रहणम् , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 4.54 Vart. 11: III. 2.8 Vart. 2; IV. 1.52. Vart. 3.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadādividhia convention similar to the तदन्तविधि of Panini,laid down by the Varttikakara laying down that in case an operation is prescribed for something followed by a single letter, that single letter should be taken to mean a word beginning with that single letter: confer, compare यस्मिन्विधिस्तदादावल्ग्रहणे P.I.1.72 Vart. 29: Par. Sek. Pari. 33.
tā(1)a technical term for the genitive case affix used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; (2) the taddhita affix. affix तल् which is popularly called ता as the nouns ending in तल् id est, that is त are declined in the feminine. gender with the feminine. affix अा added to them.
ti(1)personal ending तिप् of the 3rd person. singular.; (2) common term for the krt affixes क्तिन् and क्तिच् as also for the unadi affix ति; see क्तिन् and क्तिच्; (3) feminine. affix ति added to the word युवन्. e. g. युवतिः confer, compare P. IV. 1.77; (4) taddhita affix. affix ति as found in the words पङ्क्ति and विंशति confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.1.59; (5) taddhita affix. affix added to the word पक्ष in the sense of 'a root,' and to the words कम् and शम् in the sense of possession (मत्वर्थे ); exempli gratia, for example पक्षतिः, कन्तिः, शान्तिः, confer, compare Kas, on P. V.2.25, 138; (6) a technical term for the term गति in Panini's grammar, confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे; गतिश्च P. 1.4.59, 60. The term ति for गति is used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
tiṅarthasenses possessed by the personal endings of verbs, viz. कारक ( कर्ता or कर्म ) संख्या and काल. For details see Vaiyakaranabhusanasara. तिङ्निघात the grave accent for the whole word (सर्वेनिघात्) generally possessed by a verbal form when it is preceded by a word form which is not a verb; confer, compare तिङतिङ: P. VIII. 1.28.
tṛtīyāthe third case; affixes of the third case ( instrumental case or तृतीयाविभक्ति ) which are placed (1) after nouns in the sense of an instrument or an agent provided the agent is not expressed by the personal-ending of the root; e. g. देवदत्तेन कृतम्, परशुना छिनत्ति: confer, compare P. III. 3.18; (2) after nouns connected with सह्, nouns meaning defective limbs, nouns forming the object of ज्ञा with सम् as also nouns meaning हेतु or a thing capable of produc ing a result: e. g. पुत्रेण सहागतः, अक्ष्णा काणः, मात्रा संजानीते, विद्यया यशः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.3.19,23; (3) optionally with the ablative after nouns meaning quality, and optionally with the genitive after pronouns in the sense of हेतु, when the word हेतु is actually used e. g. पाण्डित्येन मुक्तः or पाण्डित्यान्मुक्त:; केन हेतुना or कस्य हेतोर्वसति; it is observed by the Varttikakara that when the word हेतु or its synonym is used in a sentence, a pronoun is put in any case in apposition to that word id est, that is हेतु or its synonym e.g, केन निमित्तेन, किं निमित्तम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3. 25, 27; (4) optionally after nouns connected with the words पृथक्, विना, नाना, after the words स्तोक, अल्प, as also after दूर, अन्तिक and their synonyms; exempli gratia, for example पृथग्देवदत्तेन et cetera, and others स्तोकेन मुक्तः, दूरेण ग्रामस्य, केशैः प्रसितः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.32, 33, 35, 44; (5) optionally with the locative case after nouns meaning constellation when the taddhita affix. affix after them has been elided; exempli gratia, for example पुष्येण संप्रयातोस्मि श्रवणे पुनरागतः Mahabharata; confer, compare P.II.3.45; (6) optionally with the genitive case after words connected with तुल्य or its synonyms; exempli gratia, for exampleतुल्यो देवदत्तेन, तुल्यो देवदत्तस्य; confer, compare P. II.3.72.
tya(1)taddhita affix. affix त्य standing for त्यक् and त्यप् which see below; (2) a technical term for प्रत्यय ( a suffix or a termination ) in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
th(1)personal-ending of the 2nd person. plural Parasmaipada,substituted for the ल् of the ten lakara affixes; (2) substitute ( थल् ) for the 2nd pers singular. personal ending सिप् in. the perfect tense: (3) unadi affix ( थक् ) added to the roots पा, तॄ, तुद् et cetera, and others e. g. पीथः, तीर्थः, et cetera, and others; cf unadi sutra II. 7; (4) unadi affix ( क्थन् ) | added to the roots हन्, कुष् ，नी et cetera, and others; e. g, हथः, कुष्टं, नीथः et cetera, and others cf unadi sutra II. 2: (5) unadi affix (थन्) added to the roots उष्, कुष्, गा and ऋ, e. g. ओष्ठः, कोष्ठम् et cetera, and others cf unadi sutra_II. 4; (6) a technical term for the term अभ्यस्त or the reduplicated wording of Panini ( confer, compare उभे अभ्यस्तम् ) P. VI. 1. 5, used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
thaspersonal ending of the 2nd person. dual Parasmaipada, which is substituted for ल् of the lakara affixes; confer, compare P. III 4.78.
thāspersonal ending of the 2nd person. singular. Atmanepada, substituted for ल् of the lakara affixes.
d(1)the consonant द्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance or use; (2) a technical term used in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term आत्मनेपद in the grammar of Panini.
dayānandasarasvatia brilliant Vedic scholar of the nineteenth century belonging to North India who established on a sound footing the study of the Vedas and Vyakarana and encouraged the study of Kasikavrtti. He has written many books on vedic studies.
dayārāmawriter of a commentary on the Mugdhabodha Vyakarana of Bopadeva.
darpaṇaname of a commentary on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara, written by a grammarian named Harivallabha.
dia technical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term प्रगृह्य used by Panini.
dīa technical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for दीर्ध (long vowel) in Panini's grammar.
dua technical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term वृद्ध which is used in Panini's grammar and which is defined by Panini in the rule वृद्धिर्यस्याचामादिस्तद् वृद्धम् P. I. 1.73.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
dūsataddhita affix. affix prescribed after the word अवि in the sense of milk(दुग्ध) along with the affixes सोढ and मरीस optionally, by the Vartikakara; e. g. अविदूसम् । अविसोढम् । अविमरीसम्; confer, compare Kas, on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). IV. 2. 36.
devaśarmana grammarian who has written a disquisition on the philosophy of Vyakarana in verse, and added a commentary of his own on it which he has named as समन्वयप्रदीपसंकेत.
ghuatechnical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term उत्तरपद (the latter or the second member of-a compound word ) which is used in Panini's grammar.
dyotakaindicative, suggestive; not directly capable of expressing the sense by denotation; the nipatas and upasargas are said to be 'dyotaka' and not 'vacaka' by standard grammarians headed by the Varttikakara; confer, compare निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P.I.2.45 Varttika 12; confer, compare Kaiyata also on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf also निपाता द्योतकाः केचित्पृथगर्थाभिधायिनः Vakyapadiya II.194;, गतिवाचकत्वमपि तस्य ( स्थाधातोः ) व्यवस्थाप्यते, उपसर्गस्तु तद्योतक एव commentary on Vakyapadiya II. 190; confer, compare पश्चाच्छ्रोतुर्बोधाय द्योतकोपसर्गसंबन्ध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 50; cf also इह स्वरादयो वाचकाः चादयो द्योतका इति भेदः Bhasa Vr. om P.I.1.37.The Karmapravacaniyas are definitely laid down as dyotaka, confer, compare क्रियाया द्योतको नायं न संबन्धस्य वाचकः । नापि क्रियापदाक्षेपीं संबन्धस्य तु भेदकः Vakyapadiya II.206; the case affixes are said to be any way, 'vacaka' or 'dyotaka'; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युर्द्वित्त्वादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya II. 165.
dvikarmakaa term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.
dvitīyāthe second case; the accusative case, mainly prescribed for a word which is related as a karmakaraka to the activity in the sentence; cf P. II. 3.2 to 5,
ghaa technical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term सर्वनामस्थान of Panini used for the first five case affixes सु, औ, अस्, अम्, ओ and इ (nominative case. and acc. plural neuter gender); cf P. I. I. 42, 43.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
dhua technical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for धातु (a root) which is used freely by the ancient grammarians and Panini.
dhuṭ(1)the augment ध् prefixed to the consonant स् following upon the consonant ड् or न् occurring at the end of a word; exempli gratia, for example श्वलिट्त्साये, महान्त्साये et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII.3.29; (2) technical short term for धातु (root); the technical term is धुष् , but the nominative case. singular. used is धुट्; (3) a technical term standing for cononants excepting semi-vowels and nasals; confer, compare धुटश्च धुटि Kat. III.6.51. The term is used in the Katantra Vyakarana. It corresponds to the term झर् of Panini.
dhvampersonal-ending of the second. person. plural Atmanepada, substituted for ल् of the 10 lakaras.
narendrasūrian old grammarian believed to have been the original writer of the Sarasvata Vyakarana, on the strength of references to him in the commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana written by क्षेमेन्द्र as also references in the commentary on the Prakriykaumudi by Vitthalesa. He is believed to have lived in the tenth century A;D.
navyamataa term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.
ni(1)personal ending substituted for मि (मिप्) of the 1st person. singular. in the imperative; (2) a technical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term निपात of Panini.
nighātatoning down; the grave accent; the root निहन् in its various forms is used in the sense of toning down the voice and the word निघात is used in the sense of the grave accent (अनुदात्तस्वर) in the Vyakarana and Pratisakhya works; confer, compare also the words शेषनिघात, सर्वनिघात, et cetera, and others; confer, compare समानवाक्ये निघातयुष्मदस्मदादेशाः P. VIII. I.18 Vart. 5.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātānarthakatvathe view prominently expressed by the Varttikakara that nipatas do not possess any sense, which was modified by Bhartrhari who stated that they do possess sense which, of course, is indicated and not expressedition See निपात.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nīlakaṇṭhadīkṣitaa famous grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote an independent work on the Paribhasas in Vyakarana named Paribhasavrtti. This Vrtti is referred to in the Paribhsendusekhara by Nagesabhatta and the views expressed in it are severely criticised in the commentary गदा.
paribhāṣāpradīpārcisa scholarly independent treatise on Vyakarana Paribhasas written by Udayamkara Pathaka, called also Nana Pathaka, a Nagara Brahmana, who lived at Benares in the middle of the 18th century A. D. He has also written commentaries on the two Sekharas of Naagesa.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
parisaṃkhyānaliterally enumeration; enunciation;mention ; the word is found generally used by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras at the end of their Varttikas. The words वक्तव्यम्, वाच्यम् , and the like, are similarly usedition
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pauṣkarasādian ancient grammarian who belonged to the dynasty of पुष्करसद्, whose views are quoted by the Varttikakara and the writers of the Pratisakhya works: cf चयो द्वितीयाः शारि पौष्करसादेः P. VIII. 4.48 Vart. 3; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनपरः पौष्करसादेर्न पूर्वश्च ञकारम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V: confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIII. 16; XIV. 2, XVII. 6.
praa conventional term for हृस्व (short) generally applied to vowels in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
prayojanaobject, motive or purpose in undertaking a particular thing; the word is used although rarely, in the sense of a cause also; confer, compare इमान्यस्य प्रयोजनानि अध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. For the advantages of the study of Vyakarana, see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. See also Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII pp.226,227, D.E. Society's edition.
pravādinaḥscholars who explain the changes ( प्रवाद ) mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; possibly the Padakaras or writers of the पदपाठ;cf प्रवादिनो दूणाशदूढ्यदूलभान् ... महाप्रदेशं स्वधितीव चानयेन्नुदच्च R Pr. XI. 20. Apparently प्रवादिनः ( nominative case. singular.) seems to be the word in the explanation of Uvvata.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācīnamatathe view or doctrine of the former or rather older grammarians. The word is used in many commentary books and the meaning of the word is to be decided according to the context. For example in the works of Ramacandra, the author of the Prakriyakaumudi and his followers, the word refers to the view given by the writers of the Kasikavrtti and the commentaries thereon in the works of Bhattoji and his pupils, it refers to the writer of the Prakriyakaumudi in addition to the writers of the Kasika, while in the works of Nagesa it refers to the writings of Bhattoji and his pupils. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. V1I pp. 23-24 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācyāvaiyākaraṇaan eastern grammarian; the term प्राच्य (eastern) being a relative term, the east is to be taken with respect to the place in the context. The word प्राचां occurs many times in Panini's Sutras and the term प्राक् may refer to countries east of the river शरावती or सरस्वती in the Punjab. See प्राग्देश a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. प्राचां is understood by some commentators as referring to time, in which case, the word may refer to ancient grammarians आपिशलि, शाकटायन, इन्द्र and others who lived before Panini; confer, compare प्राचीनवैयाकरणतन्त्रे वाचनिकानि ...Par. Sek. Pari. 1. The word प्राचीन is, of course, mostly used in the sense of ancient, rather than the word प्राच्. For specific peculiarities of the eastern grammarians see pp. 148-149 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātipadikakāryacorresponding to अङ्गकार्य in the case of the declinables, which the Sutrakara mentions specifically with respect to the noun-base.
prauḍhamanoramāpopularly called मनोरमा also; the famous commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita written by the author himself to explain fully in a scholarly manner the popular grammar written by him; , the word प्रौढमनेारमा is used in contrast with बालमनोरमा another commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Vasudevadiksita. On account of the difficult nature of it, it is usual to read the प्रौढमनेारमा upto the end of the Karaka-prakarana only in the Sanskrit PathaSalas before the study of the Sabdendusekhara and the Paribhsendusekhara is undertaken.
phala(1)fruit or benefit of an action which goes to the agent; confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः Vaiyakarana-bhusana. A root which is given as Ubhayapadin in Panini's Grammar takes the Atmanepada affixes when the fruit of the activity is meant for the agent, while otherwise it takes the Parasmaipada affixes; (2) The word फल also means the result of a grammatical operation or grammatical injunction.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bṛhadṛrpaṇāname of a commentary on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara by Mannudeva, who was called also Mantudeva, who lived in the latter half of the eighteenth century.
bodhyaa technical term for the vocative case in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
bhaṭṭojīsurnamed Diksita; a stalwart grammarian of the Panini system who flourished in the first half of the seventeenth century and wrote many independent books and commentaries such as the Siddhantakaumudi, the Praudhamanorama, the Vaiyakaranasiddhantakarika, the Sabdakaustubha and others. The most reputed work out of these, however, is the Siddhantakaumudi which is very popular even today and which has almost set aside other works of its kind such as the Prakriyakaumudi and others. Bhattoji was a Telagu Brahmana, as generally believed, and although he belonged to the South, he made Varanasi his home where he prepared a school of learned Grammarians. Although he carried on his work silently in Varanasi, he was envied by the reputed rhetorician of his time Pandita Jagannātha, who criticised his work ( Bhattojis work ) named Manorama very severely. See प्रौढमनोरमा a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got many commentaries of which the Tattvabodhini written by Bhattoji's pupil Jnanendrasarasvati is appreciated much by learned grammarians.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
mahīdharaa grammarian of the sixteenth century who, besides many small treatises on other subjects, wrote a commentary on the SarasvataPrakriya Vyakarana.
māheśasutrthe fourteen sutras अइउण्, ऋलृक् et cetera, and others which are believed to have been composed by Siva and taught to Paanini, by means of the sounds of the drum beaten at the end of the dance; confer, compare नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजेा ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद्विमशौ शिवसूत्रजालम् Nandikeswara-kaarikaa 1. For details see Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition.
mṛtathe crude base of a declinable word; the pratipadika; the term is found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; cf Jain. Vyak. I..1.5.
yāskaa reputed ancient Niruktakara or etymologist, of the 6th century B.C. or even a few centuries before that, whose work, the Nirukta, is looked upon as the oldest authoritative treatise regarding derivation of Vedic words. Yaska was preceded by a number of etymologists whom he has mentioned in his work and whose works he has utilisedition Yaska's Nirukta threw into the back-ground the older treatises on etymology, all of which disappeared gradually in the course of time.
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yuṣmaddesignation of the second person, used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
r(1)the consonant र, generally cited as रेफ; the vowel अ is added to र् for facility of utterance: confer, compare T. Pr.' I.21 ; (2) short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) for र् and ल्; confer, compare उरण् रपरः, P. I. 1.51: (3) krt affix र applied to the roots नम्रः, कम्प्रः et cetera, and others in the sense of agent who is habituated to, or expert in the action expressed by the root; e. g, नम्रः, कम्प्र:; confer, compare नमिकम्पिस्म्यजसकमहिंसदीपो रः P. III. 2. 167; (4) taddhita affix. affix र as a Caturarthika affix applied to the words headed by अश्मन्: e. g. अश्मरः; confer, compare वुञ्छण् P. IV. 2. 80; (5) tad affix र in the sense of possession affixed to the words ऊष, सुषि, मुष्क, मधु, and तमस् with अ of तमस् changed to इ: e. g. ऊषरम्, सुषिरम्, मधुर:, तमिस्रा: confer, compare Kas on. P.V. 2.107 and 114: (6) taddhita affix. affix र in the sense of diminution affixed to the words कुटी, शमी and शुण्डा: exempli gratia, for example कुटीर:, शमीर, शुण्डार:: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3. 88: (7) taddhita affix. affix रक् which see below; (8) krt affix रक् which see below; (9) a term for द्विगुसमास in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ratnārṇavaname of a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi written by Krsnamitra, a famous grammarian and Naiyayika who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote many commentary works on books in the Vyakarana and Nyāya Sastras.
rasavatīname of a commentary on his own work ' Sanksiptasara Vyakarana' by KramadiSvara,a sound scholar of grammar in the thirteenth century A.D.
rāghavendracārya( गजेन्द्रगडकर)a famous scholar of Grammar in the nineteenth century, who taught many pupils and wrote some commentary works, the well-known being प्रभा on the Sabdakaustubha, विषमपदव्याख्या on the Laghusabdendusekhara and त्रिपथगा on the Paribhisendusekhara. For details see p. 27 Vyakarana Mahbhasya Vol. VII D. E. Society's Edition.
rāghavallabhatitled तर्कपञ्चानन, who wrote a commentary named सुबोधिनी on the Mugdhabodha Vyakarana.
rāmanātha( चक्रवर्तीं )who wrote short glosses on the Katantra and the Kalpa Vyakaranas.
rāmanātha( विद्यावाचस्पति )a Sanskrit scholar of the 17th century who studied Vyakarana,. Dharma, Alamkara and other Sastras and wrote a grammar work कातन्त्ररहस्य, besides many books on other Sastras.
rāmāśramaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary named Siddhantacandrika on the Sarasvata Vyakarana.
lādeśasubstitutes तिप्, तस् झि (अन्ति) सिप् .....महिङ् for ल्, signifying the ten ल् affixes or lakaras लट्, लिट्, लुट् et cetera, and others, applied to roots in the senses of the different tenses and moods; confer, compare P.III.4.78.
vacana(1)literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने | लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.
vanamālina grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary named मतोन्मजा on Kondabhatta's vaiyakaranabhusana and a grammar work named सिद्धान्ततत्वविवेक.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss＾ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇārthavattvathe theory or view that individual letters are severally possessed of different senses. For instance, the difference in the meanings of the words कूप, यूप, and सृप is due to the difference in their initial letter. The theory is not acceptable to the Vaiyakaranas nor the theory वर्णानर्थवत्व given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. They follow the theory of संघातार्थवत्त्व i. e. sense given by a group of words together. See M.Bh, on Siva Sutra 5, Varttikas 9 to 15.
varṇikuberanāthaor वर्णिकुवेरानन्द an old writer on grammar who has written a work named शब्दविवरण on the meanings of words. The work forms a part of his bigger work दानभागवत. Both the works are incomplete. The शब्दविवरण is based mostly upon ancient grammar works of Patanjali Vararuci, Varttikakara, Sarvavarman, Bhartrhari and others.
vasuthe krt. affix क्वसु which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The word वसु is used for क्वसु by the Varttikakara: confer, compare वसुसंप्रसारणमाज्विधौ सिद्धं वक्तव्यम् P.VI.4.22 Vart. 9.
vākyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
vācya(1)directly expressed (sense) as contrasted with व्यङ्ग्य or ध्वनित: confer, compare शब्देनार्थान् वाच्यान् दृष्ट्वा बुद्धौ कुर्यात्पौर्वापर्यम् | M.Bh. on P. I.4.109 Vart. 10; (2) which should be stated or which deserves to be stated, The word वाच्य is generally put in connection with the additions or corrections to the sutras by the Varttikakara and the Mahbhasyakara in their explanations: confer, compare तत्रैतावद्वाच्यम्, M.Bh. on P. I.4.1 ; confer, compare also वाच्य ऊर्णोर्णुवद्भावःM.Bh. on P. III.1. 22 Vart. 3; III. I. 36 Vart. 6.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vikaraṇaan affix placed between a root and the personal ending, for showing the specific tense or mood or voice to convey which, the personal ending is applied; e. g. the conjugational signs शप् , श्यन् , श्रु, श, श्नम्, उ, श्ना and यक्, आम् , as also स्य, तास् , सिप् , अाम् and च्लि with its substitutes. Although the term विकरण is used by ancient grammarians and freely used by the Mahabhsyakara in connection with the affixes, mentioned in the sutras of Panini, such as शप् , श्यन् and others, the term is not found in the Sutras of Panini. The vikaranas are different from the major kinds of the regular affixes तिङ्, कृत्य and other similar ones. The vikaranas can be called कृत्; so also, as they are mentioned in the topic (अधिकार) of affixes or Pratyayas,they hold the designation ' pratyaya '. For the use of the word विकरण see M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12, III, 1.31 and VI. 1.5. The term विकरण is found . in the Yājñavalkya Siksa in the sense of change, ( confer, compare उपधारञ्जनं कुर्यान्मनोर्विकरणे सति ) and possibly the ancient grammarians used it in that very sense as they found the root कृ modified as करु or कुरु, or चि as चिनु, or भू as भव before the regular personal endings तिप् , तस् et cetera, and others
vibhaktyarthaliterally the sense of a case-affix, as also of a personal affix; the term is applied to the Kāraka Prakarana or Kāraka chapter or topic in grammar where senses of the विभक्ति affixes are fully discussed and illustrated; confer, compare विभक्त्यर्था: a chapter in the Siddhānta-kaumudi of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita.
vṛtti(1)treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः | M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, | but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः | वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.
vaiyākaraṇajīvātua term used for the grammar treatise written by Cangudasa which is also called Cangusutra or Canguvyakarana.
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇaa well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.
veyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāraa slightly abridged form of the Vaiyakaranabhusana by the author Kondabhatta himself for students and beginners. It consists of the same number of fourteen chapters as the main treatise, which are given the name Nirnaya. See vaiyākaranabhusana.
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāraṭīkāa commentary written on the well-known work on the sense of words and syntax written by Kondabhatta. There are many commentaries out of which, the well-known ones are (1) Darpana by Harivallabha, (2) Laghubhushanakanti by Gopaladeva, a pupil of Balambhatta Payagunde, and (3) Kasika by Harirama Kesava Kale and Sankari by Sankarasastri Marulakara
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
vaiyāghrapadyaname of a treatise of grammar written in ten chapters by an ancient grammarian व्याघ्रपाद्; confer, compare दशकं वैयाघ्रपद्यम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P. IV 2.65. For details, see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Ed. pp. 133, 134.
vyavasthāliterally definite arrangement; restriction regarding the application of a rule, especially when it seems to overlap, as done by the Varttikakara, and later on by the Paribhashas laid down by grammarians regarding the rules of Panini: confer, compare स्वाभिधेयापेक्षावधिनियमो व्यवस्था S. K. on P. I.1.34; confer, compare also लक्ष्यानुसाराह्यवस्था Par. Sek. Pari. 99, 108.
vyākaraṇadarśanathe science of Vyakarana with the element of Sphota introduced in it and brought consequently on a par with the other Darsanas by the stalwart grammar-scholar Bhartrhari of the 7th century A. D. For details see Sarvadarsanasangraha ' Paninidarsanam ' and page 385 Vol. VII. of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya edited by the D. ESociety, Poona.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyagūḍhārthadīpinīa brief commentary on the Mahabhasya, written by Sadasiva, son of Nilakantha and pupil of Kamalakara Diksita. The gloss confines itself to the explanations of obscure and difficult passages in the Mahabhasya and criticizes Kaiyata's explanations.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
śaṃkaraśāstrī( मारुलकर )a modern scholar of grammar who lived in Poona and did the work of teaching and writing commentaries. He has written a commentary mamed शांकरी on the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara of Kondabhatta.
śābdacandrikoddhāraname of a commentary on the Sarasvata-Vyakarana by Kamsavijaya.
śabdatattvaliterally the essence of a word; the ultimate sense conveyed by the word which is termed स्फोट by the Vaiyakaranas. Philosophically this Sabdatattva or Sphota is the philosophical Brahman of the Vedantins, which is named as Sabdabrahma or Nadabrahma by the Vaiykaranas,and which appears as the Phenomenal world of the basis of its own powers such as time factor and the like; confer, compare अनादिनिधनं ब्रह्म शब्दतत्वं यदक्षरम् ! विवर्ततेर्थभावेन प्रक्रिया जगतो यतः ॥ vakyapadiya, I.1: cf। also Vakyapadiya II.31.
śabdadīpikāname of a commentary on the Mugdhabodha Vyakarana by Govindarama.
śabdanityatvathe doctrine of the Vaiyakaranas as also of the Mimamsakas that word is permanent, as contrasted with that of tha Naiyayikas who advocate the impermanence of words,
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śāṃkari(1)name of a glo:s on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara by Samkara; (2) name of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa written by Sankarabhatta; (3) The Vyakarana vidya or instructions in Grammar given by God Siva to Panini on which the Siksa of Panini has been basedition
śūrasiṃhaname of a grammarian who wrote a gloss named दीपिका on the Sarasvata Vyakarana.
śrutaliterally what is actually heard; the word is used in connection with such statements as are made by the authoritative grammarians, Panini and the Varttikakara by their actual utterance or wording, as contrasted with such dictums as can be deduced only from their writings. confer, compare श्रुतानुभितंयोः श्रौतः संबन्धो बलीयान्. Par. Sek Pari. 104.
śruti(1)literally hearing sound.confer, compare श्रुतौ च रूपग्रहणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64; perception, as a proof contrasted with inference; confer, compare ननु च श्रुतिकृतोपि भेदोस्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VII. 1.72 Vart. 1; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2.25; cf also तस्मादुच्चश्रुतीनि Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 61; (2) authoritative word; the word is sometimes used in connection with the utterances of the Sutrakaras viz. the Sutra.
śvāsaliterally breath; the voiceless breath required for uttering some letters; the term is used in the Pratisakhya and Vyakarana books in the sense of breath which is prominently required in the utterance of the hard consonants, sibilants, visarga and the Jihvamuliya and Upadhmaniya letters; the term is used in connection with these letters also; the usual term in use is, of course, श्वासानुप्रदान, the term श्वास showing the property of the breath, with which these letters are characterizedition
ṣa(1)consonant ष् , the vowel अ being added for facility of pronunciation; (2) compound-ending अ, substituted for the final of the word मूर्धन् at the end of a Bahuvrihi compound when the word मूर्धन् is preceded by द्वि or त्रि e. g. द्विमूर्धः, त्रिमूर्धः confer, compare द्वित्रिभ्यां ष मूर्ध्नः P. V. 4.115 (3) a technical term for तत्पुरुषसमास in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ṣa(1)consonant ष् , the vowel अ being added for facility of pronunciation; (2) compound-ending अ, substituted for the final of the word मूर्धन् at the end of a Bahuvrihi compound when the word मूर्धन् is preceded by द्वि or त्रि e. g. द्विमूर्धः, त्रिमूर्धः confer, compare द्वित्रिभ्यां ष मूर्ध्नः P. V. 4.115 (3) a technical term for तत्पुरुषसमास in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
sa(1)short term for समास used by ancient grammarians ; the term is found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana also ; confer, compare ति्त्रक्कारकाणां प्राक् सुवुप्तत्तेः कृद्भिः सविधि: Jain.. Pari. 100; confer, compare also राजाsसे ; ( 2 ) Unadi affix स placed after the roots वॄ, तॄ, वद् , हन् and others; confer, compareUnadiSutras 342-349; (3) taddhita affix. affix स in the quadruple senses (चातुरर्थिक) applied to the words तृण and others. exempli gratia, for example तृणसः; confer, compare P. IV.2.80; (4) taddhita affix. affix स applied to the word मृद् when praise is intended e. g. मृत्सा, मृत्स्नाः; also confer, compare P. V. 4.41; (5) substitute for the preposition सम् before the words हित and तत; confer, compare समो हितततयोर्वा लोपः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.144 Vart. I.
saṃdarbhāmṛtaname of a commentary on the Mugdhabodha Vyakarana of Bopadeva, written by a grammarian, named Bholanatha.
saṃdehanivṛttyarthalit, meant for the removal of doubt; the word is used in connection with a word or an expression or an addition of a mute letter, as seen in the expression of the sutrakara for the purpose of leaving no kind of doubt regarding the wording or its meaning confer, compare तत्र अवश्यं संदेहनिवृत्त्यर्थं विशेषार्थिना विशेषोनुप्रयोक्तव्यः M.Bh. on P.II. 2.24 Vart. 6.
saṃhitāposition of words or parts of words in the formation ofa word quite near each other which results into the natural phonetic coalescence of the preceding and the following letters. Originally when the Vedic hymns or the running prose passages of the Yajurveda were split up into their different constituent parts namely the words or padas by the Padakaras, the word संहिता or संहितापाठ came into use as contrasted with the पदपाठ. The writers of of the Pratisakhyas have conseguently defined संहिता as पदप्रकृतिः संहिता, while Panini who further split up the padas into bases ( प्रकृति ) and affixes ( प्रत्यय ) and mentioned several augments and substitutes, the phonetic combinations, which resulted inside the word or pada, had to be explained by reason of the close vicinity of the several phonetic units forming the base, the affix, the augment, the substitute and the like, and he had to define the word संहृिता rather differently which he did in the words परः संनिकर्षः संहिता; cf P.I.4.109: confer, compare also संहितैकपदे नित्या नित्या धातूपसर्गयोः । नित्य समासे वाक्ये तु सा विवक्षामपेक्षते Sabdakaustubha on Maheshvara Sutra 5.1.
sadhīnartad, affix अधीन proposed by the Varttikakara in the sense of 'something in that or from that'; exempli gratia, for example राजनीदं राजाधीनं; confer, compare तस्मातत्रेदमिति सधीनर् P. V. 4.7 Vart. 2. The standard affix in such cases is ख ( ईन ) by the rule अषडक्ष अध्युत्तरपदात् ख; P. V. 4.7.
samantabhadraa Jain scholar of great repute who is believed to have written, besides many well-known religious books such as आप्तमीमांसा गन्धहस्तिभाष्य et cetera, and others on Jainism, a treatise on grammar called Cintamani Vyakarana.
samanvayapradīpasaṃketaa treatise on the philosophy of Vyakarana written as a commentary by the author दंवशर्मन् on his own Karikas on the subject.
samāsaplacing together of two or more words so as to express a composite sense ; compound composition confer, compare पृथगर्थानामेकार्थीभावः समासः। Although the word समास in its derivative sense is applicable to any wording which has a composite sense (वृत्ति), still it is by convention applied to the समासवृत्ति only by virtue of the Adhikarasutra प्राक् कडारात् समास: which enumerates in its province the compound words only. The Mahabhasyakara has mentioned only four principal kinds of these compounds and defined them; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थ प्रधानोव्ययीभावः। उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः। अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः । उभयपदार्थप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः । M.Bh. on P.II.1.6; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.II.1.20, II.1.49,II.2.6, II.4.26, V.1.9. Later grammarians have given many subdivisions of these compounds as for example द्विगु, कर्मधारय and तत्पुरुष (with द्वितीयातत्पुरुष, तृतीयातत्पुरुष et cetera, and othersas also अवयवतत्पुरुष, उपपदतत्पुरुष and so on) समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुवीहि, समाहारद्वन्द्व, इतरेतरद्वन्द्व and so on. समासचक्र a short anonymous treatise on compounds which is very popular and useful for beginners. The work is attributed to वररुचि and called also as समासपटल. The work is studied and committed to memory by beginners of Sanskrit ] studies in the PathaSalas of the old type.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvanāmasthānaa term used in Panini's grammar, for the first five case affixes सु, औ, अस्, अम् and औ as also for the nominative case. and acc. plural afix इ ( शि ) of the neuter gender. The term appears to be an old one, which was used, by a specific mention, for the first five case-affixes which caused a special change in the base before them in the case of many words; confer, compare शि सर्वनामस्थानम् । सुडनपुंसकस्य P.I.1.42-48. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition p. 239 footnote.
sarvalakārathe personal affixes in general pertaining to all the ten lakaras लट् , लिट् et cetera, and others, confer, compare सर्वलकाराणामपवादः ! Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.III. 3.144.
sarvavarmanspelt as शर्वबर्मन् also, the reputed author of the Katantra Vyakarana. He is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadbya at the Satavahana court, and to have revised and redacted the Katantra Sutras already existing for the benefit of his patron. With him began the Katantra school of grammar, the main contribution to which was made by दुर्गसिंहृ who wrote a scholarly gloss on the Katantra Sutras. For details see कातन्त्र,
sārasvataṭīkāname in general given to commentary works on the Sarasvata Vyakarana out of which those written by Ramanarayana, Satyaprabodha, Ksemamkara, Jagannatha and Mahidhara are known to scholars.
sārasvatasāraa work giving a short substance of the Sarasvata Vyakarana with a commentary named Mitaksara on the same by Harideva.
sārasvatasiddhāntacandrikāa work on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by a grammarian named Ramasrama.
sārasvatakhyātadīpikāa work on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Surasimha.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
supadmavyākaraṇaṭīkāa commentary written by a scholar of grammar named विष्णुमिश्र on the Supadmavyakarana, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
subodhinīname given to (1) a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Kshamaunin or Jayakrshamaunin; (2) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Amritabharati : (3) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Candrakirti.
sūtrakārathe original writer of the sutras; e. g. पाणिनि, शाकटायन, शर्ववर्मन् , हेमचन्द्र and others. In Panini's system, Panini is called Sutrakara, as contrasted with Katyayana,who is called the Varttikakara and Patanjali, who is called the Bhasyakara;confer, compare पाणिने: सूत्रकारस्य M.Bh. on P.II 2.1.1.
sūtrapāṭhathe text of Panini's Sutras handed down by oral tradition from the preceptor to the pupil. Although it is said that the actual text of Panini was modified from time to time, still it can be said with certainty that it was fixed at the time of the Bhasyakara who has noted a few different readings only. The Sutra text approved by the Bhasyakara was followed by the authors of the Kasika excepting in a few cases. It is customary with learned Pandits and grammarians to say that the recital of the Sutras of Panini was originally a continuous one in the form of a Samhitatext and it was later on, that it was split up into the different Sutras, which explains according to them the variation in the number of Sutras which is due to the different ways of splitting the Sutrapatha.
somadevaa Jain Grammarian, the writer of a gloss on the commentary Jainendra Vyakarana named शब्दार्णवचन्द्रिका by the author, who was a resident of thc Deccan and lived in a village named Arjurika ( called आजर्रे to-day ) near Kolhapur in the twelfth century.
sparśaa contact consonant: a term used in connection with the consonants of the five classes, verily because the karana or the tip of the tongue touches the place of utterance in the mouth in their pronunciation; confer, compare कादयो भावसानाः स्पर्शाः S.K. Samjnaprakarana on P. VIII. 2.1; confer, compare also अाद्या: स्पर्शाः पञ्च ते पञ्चवर्गाः R.Pr. I.78: confer, compare also T.Pr.I.7.
sphaa short technical term used in the jainendra Vyakarana instead of the संयेाग in Panini's grammar.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
sphoṭacaṭakaa small treatise on the theory of Sphota by a sound modern scholar of Vyakarana and Nyaya, by name Krisnasastri Arade who lived in Benaras in the earlier part of the nineteenth century.
sphoṭavādaa general name given to treatises discussing the nature of Sphota written by the Vaiyakaranas who defend and establish the theory of Sphota and by the Naiyayikas who criticise the theory. Famous among these works are (l) स्फोटवाद by a stalwart Grammarian Kondabhatta, the author of the Vaiyakaramabhusana and (2) स्फोटवाद by NageSa, the reputed grammarian of the eighteenth century.
hūthe last of the spirant consonants, | which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.
hareidīkṣitaa reputed grammarian of the Siddhantakaumudi school of Panini who lived in the end of the seventeenth century. He was the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita and the preceptor of Nagesabhtta. His commentary named लधुशब्दरत्न, but popularly called शब्दरत्न on Bhattoji Diksita's Praudhamanorama, is widely studied by pupils along with the Praudhamanorama in the Vyakaranapathasalas. There is a work existing in a manuscript form but recentlv taken for printing, mamed 'Brhatsabdaratna ' which has been written by Haridiksita, although some scholars beiieve that it was written by Nagesa who ascribed it to his preceptor. For details see लधुशब्दरत्न.
harirāma( इरिराम केशव काळे )a modern grammarian who has written a commentary named Ksika on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara. He lived in the second half of the eighteenth century and the commentary Kasika was written by him in 1797, He is said to have been a pupil of the great grammarian BhairavamiSra.
harivallabhaa grammarian who has written commentaries named दर्पणा on the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara of Kondabhatta, and Laghubhusanakanti on the Sabdakaustubha of Bhattoji Diksita.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
98 results
akaraṇaḥ devoid of material sensesSB 10.87.28
akaraṇe doṣa the fault of not performing themCC Madhya 24.342
akaraṇe doṣa the fault of not performing themCC Madhya 24.342
akaravam I have doneSB 3.14.34
makara-ādayaḥ the alligator and othersSB 3.10.24
makara-ādayaḥ dangerous aquatics like sharksSB 8.24.24
makara kuṇḍala-ādi earrings shaped like sharks, etc.CC Antya 13.131
makara-ādiṣu headed by the sign Makara (Capricorn)SB 5.21.3
makara-udara-ānanaiḥ with bellies and faces like sharks'SB 4.5.13
makara-ańkaḥ the demigod of love, CupidCC Adi 4.118
sarva-upakaraṇāni ca then all sorts of necessities and whatever belongings they hadSB 10.11.31-32
makara-kuṇḍala-cāru-karṇa decorated by earrings resembling sharks and by beautiful earsSB 9.24.65
makara-dhvaja of CupidSB 5.25.5
makara-dhvajasya of the sex-godSB 3.28.32
makara-dhvajasya of CupidSB 5.2.6
makara-snāna kailā bathed during the festival of Makara, or Māgha-melāCC Madhya 18.222
makaradhvaja-kara Makaradhvaja KaraCC Antya 10.40
makara-kuṇḍala-cāru-karṇa decorated by earrings resembling sharks and by beautiful earsSB 9.24.65
makara-kuṇḍala-cāru-karṇa decorated by earrings resembling sharks and by beautiful earsSB 9.24.65
makara-kuṇḍala by earrings resembling sharksCC Madhya 21.123
makara-kuṇḍala the earrings shaped like sharksCC Madhya 21.129
makara kuṇḍala-ādi earrings shaped like sharks, etc.CC Antya 13.131
makara-kuṇḍala earrings shaped like sharksCC Antya 15.73
makara-kuṇḍalaḥ earrings resembling sharksSB 6.4.35-39
sphurat-makara-kuṇḍalaḥ decorated with brilliant earrings resembling sapphiresSB 8.15.8-9
makara-kuṇḍale His shark-shaped earringsSB 12.11.11-12
makaranda-lihām of those who lick the honey from such a lotus flowerSB 1.16.6
mākanda-prakara of the bunches of mango budsCC Antya 1.158
makara sharksSB 2.7.24
makara-ādayaḥ the alligator and othersSB 3.10.24
makara alligator shapedSB 3.15.41
makara alligator-shapedSB 3.28.29
makara-dhvajasya of the sex-godSB 3.28.32
makara-udara-ānanaiḥ with bellies and faces like sharks'SB 4.5.13
makara shark-shapedSB 4.9.54
makara-dhvajasya of CupidSB 5.2.6
makara-ādiṣu headed by the sign Makara (Capricorn)SB 5.21.3
makara-dhvaja of CupidSB 5.25.5
makara-kuṇḍalaḥ earrings resembling sharksSB 6.4.35-39
sphurat-makara-kuṇḍalaḥ decorated with brilliant earrings resembling sapphiresSB 8.15.8-9
makara-ādayaḥ dangerous aquatics like sharksSB 8.24.24
makara-kuṇḍala-cāru-karṇa decorated by earrings resembling sharks and by beautiful earsSB 9.24.65
makara sharkSB 10.51.1-6
makara shaped like sharksSB 10.51.23-26
makara shark-shapedSB 10.66.12-14
makara shaped like sea monstersSB 10.73.1-6
makara shaped like sharksSB 11.14.36-42
makara shaped like sharksSB 11.30.28-32
makara-kuṇḍale His shark-shaped earringsSB 12.11.11-12
makara-ańkaḥ the demigod of love, CupidCC Adi 4.118
makara-pańcasi the full-moon day in the month of MāghaCC Madhya 18.146
makara-snāna kailā bathed during the festival of Makara, or Māgha-melāCC Madhya 18.222
makara-kuṇḍala by earrings resembling sharksCC Madhya 21.123
makara-kuṇḍala the earrings shaped like sharksCC Madhya 21.129
makara kuṇḍala-ādi earrings shaped like sharks, etc.CC Antya 13.131
makara-kuṇḍala earrings shaped like sharksCC Antya 15.73
makaradhvaja MakaradhvajaCC Adi 10.24
makaradhvaja-kara Makaradhvaja KaraCC Antya 10.40
makaraḥ the sharkBG 10.31
makaraḥ and sharksSB 9.10.13
makaraiḥ by the makaras, a species of monster crocodileSB 12.9.16
makaranda-lihām of those who lick the honey from such a lotus flowerSB 1.16.6
makaranda fragranceSB 3.15.43
makaranda honeySB 5.1.5
makaranda of the honeySB 6.3.28
makaranda of the honeySB 8.23.7
makaranda the honeySB 10.60.36
makaranda with the aromaCC Madhya 17.142
makaranda with the aromaCC Madhya 24.45
makaranda fragranceCC Madhya 24.115
makaranda with the aromaCC Madhya 25.158
makaranda the honeyCC Antya 7.1
makarandam the honeySB 10.60.45
makarandasya of the honeyCC Antya 1.158
triśṛńga-makarau two mountains named Triśṛńga and MakaraSB 5.16.27
makara-pańcasi the full-moon day in the month of MāghaCC Madhya 18.146
paricaryā-upakaraṇaḥ ingredients for worshipSB 5.2.2
phala-prakara with heaps of fruitsSB 10.15.38
phala-prakara with heaps of fruitsSB 10.15.38
prakara groups made ofCC Adi 5.22
mākanda-prakara of the bunches of mango budsCC Antya 1.158
prakara groups made ofBs 5.29
rasa-upakaraṇa accessories of mellowCC Adi 4.217
sarva-upakaraṇāni ca then all sorts of necessities and whatever belongings they hadSB 10.11.31-32
makara-snāna kailā bathed during the festival of Makara, or Māgha-melāCC Madhya 18.222
sphurat-makara-kuṇḍalaḥ decorated with brilliant earrings resembling sapphiresSB 8.15.8-9
triśṛńga-makarau two mountains named Triśṛńga and MakaraSB 5.16.27
makara-udara-ānanaiḥ with bellies and faces like sharks'SB 4.5.13
unmakara sharksSB 8.7.18
unmakarau two brilliant sharksSB 5.2.13
upakaraṇa with paraphernaliaSB 3.23.14-15
rasa-upakaraṇa accessories of mellowCC Adi 4.217
upakaraṇa varieties of foodCC Madhya 3.70
upakaraṇaḥ helping in the creation ofSB 3.9.21
paricaryā-upakaraṇaḥ ingredients for worshipSB 5.2.2
upakaraṇāḥ utensilsSB 10.74.13-15
upakaraṇam their paraphernaliaSB 10.25.27
sarva-upakaraṇāni ca then all sorts of necessities and whatever belongings they hadSB 10.11.31-32
DCS with thanks
99 results
akara adjective exempt from tax or duty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
handless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
maimed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not acting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
privileged (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26060/72933
akaraṇa adjective
Frequency rank 41518/72933
akaraṇa noun (neuter) absence of action (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not being produced
Frequency rank 8378/72933
akaraṇaka adjective
Frequency rank 31325/72933
akaraṇīya adjective not to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41519/72933
agrakara noun (masculine) finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
first ray (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fore part of the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22821/72933
adhikarmakara noun (masculine) an overseer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
superintendent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42472/72933
anupakaraṇa adjective poor
Frequency rank 22992/72933
abādhakara adjective not pathogenic
Frequency rank 44042/72933
amṛtakara noun (masculine) the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32454/72933
aruṇakara noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44862/72933
avakara noun (masculine) dust or sweepings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 17592/72933
ākārakarabha noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 26889/72933
uttānakaratā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 47164/72933
upakaraṇa noun (neuter) any object of art or science (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anything added over and above (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anything fabricated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anything supporting life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
apparatus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assisting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
benefiting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contribution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
doing a service or favour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
engine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
expedient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
helping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
implement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
instrument (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
machine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
means of subsistence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
paraphernalia (as the vessels at a sacrifice etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of doing anything for another (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the attendants of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the insignia of royalty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3353/72933
upakaraṇavant adjective competent to do anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
furnished with means or instruments or implements (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14771/72933
upakaraṇīkṛ verb (class 8 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 47450/72933
kaṇṭakaraṇṭa noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 48372/72933
kanakarambhā noun (feminine) species of Musa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48471/72933
kanakarasa noun (masculine neuter) fluid gold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
yellow orpiment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
haritāla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48472/72933
karavīrakara noun (masculine) a particular spell recited over weapons
Frequency rank 48669/72933
karmakara noun (masculine) a hired labourer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a workman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
artisan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mechanic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
servant of any kind (who is not a slave) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14806/72933
kalikāntakara noun (masculine) mercury
Frequency rank 48861/72933
kimupakaraṇa adjective
Frequency rank 49435/72933
krakara noun (masculine) Ardea virgo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a poor man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a saw (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Capparis aphylla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15645/72933
kṣatriyāntakara noun (masculine) name of Paraśurāma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27710/72933
gajakaraṇī noun (feminine) [rel.] a kind of Yogic practice (?)
Frequency rank 50948/72933
garbhakara noun (masculine) Nageia Putraṃjīva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51163/72933
gucchakarañja noun (masculine) a variety of Karañja (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51342/72933
gomedakarasāyana noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical preparation
Frequency rank 51590/72933
ghṛtakarañja noun (masculine) a kind of Karañja tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34809/72933
caṇḍakara noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34845/72933
campakarambhā noun (feminine) a kind of plantain
Frequency rank 52110/72933
citrakara noun (masculine) a painter (son of an architect by a Śūdra woman) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28001/72933
tīrthakara noun (masculine) a head of a sect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7965/72933
toyakṣobhakara noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 53841/72933
dantakaraṇḍaka noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 54200/72933
diṇḍipuṇyakara noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 54414/72933
dinakara noun (masculine) name of an Āditya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the author of the wk. Candrārkī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7558/72933
divasakara noun (masculine) name of Sūrya the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28353/72933
dīkṣāprakaraṇa noun (neuter) name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54470/72933
dehakara noun (masculine) a father (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54993/72933
nāmakaraṇa noun (neuter) the calling of a person by the name of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the ceremony of naming a child after birth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16892/72933
nṛpakara noun (masculine) rājahasta
Frequency rank 56704/72933
pānakarasarāgāsavayojana noun (neuter) one of the 64 Kalās or arts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57761/72933
pītakaravīraka noun (masculine) oleander with yellow flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58071/72933
prakara adjective doing much or well (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58564/72933
prakara noun (masculine) aid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
custom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
friendship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
respect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seduction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
usage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37086/72933
prakara noun (masculine) a nosegay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a scattered heap (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heap (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
multitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
plenty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quantity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10713/72933
prakaraṇa noun (neuter) a kind of drama with a fictitious plot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a subject (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
book (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chapter (esp. introduction or prologue) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
creation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
discussion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
doing much or well (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
explanation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
matter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
monograph (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
occasion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opportunity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
production (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
question (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
topic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
treating with respect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
treatise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
treatment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3688/72933
prakaraṇasama noun (masculine) [logic]
Frequency rank 21787/72933
priyakara adjective causing or giving pleasure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24794/72933
bhinnakaraṭa adjective a rutting elephant having a fissure in the temples (from which fluid exudes) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60746/72933
bhūtakaraṇa noun (neuter) name of the augment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60914/72933
makara noun (neuter) [Yoga] a kind of āsana
Frequency rank 37937/72933
makara noun (masculine) a kind of sea-monster (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular magical spell recited over weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular species of insect or other small animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an army of troops in the form of a Makara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an ear-ring shaped like a Makara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 10th sign of the zodiac (Capricornus) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the 8 magical treasures called Padminī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the 10th arc of 30 degrees in any circle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hands folded in the form of a Makara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3117/72933
makarakaṇṭaka noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha (?)
Frequency rank 61102/72933
makaraketu noun (masculine) name of Kāma
Frequency rank 37938/72933
makaraketana noun (masculine) name of Kāmadeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37939/72933
makaraketumant noun (masculine) name of Kānsadeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61103/72933
makaradhvaja noun (masculine) crystalline red sulphide of mercury (Rāy, Priyadaranjan (0), 16) name of an aphrodisiac name of Kāma name of an alchemical preparation
Frequency rank 13104/72933
makaranda noun (neuter) a filament (esp. of the lotus-flower) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a pleasure-garden (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29520/72933
makaranda noun (masculine) (in music) a kind of measure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a fragrant species of mango (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
honey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various authors and wks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Indian cuckoo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the juice of flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14354/72933
makarandaka noun (neuter) name of a place
Frequency rank 61104/72933
makarandavāsa noun (masculine) a species of Kadamba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61105/72933
makaravāhana noun (masculine) name of Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61106/72933
maṇirāgakara noun (neuter) darada
Frequency rank 37963/72933
mātaṃgamakara noun (masculine) a kind of marine monster (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62002/72933
māṃsakara noun (neuter) blood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flesh-making (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62181/72933
meghakara noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 62523/72933
raktakaravīraka noun (masculine) Nericum Odorum Rubro-simplex (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63167/72933
ratnakaraṇḍaka noun (masculine) a kind of alchemical preparation name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63331/72933
lomakaraṇī noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64311/72933
varṣakara adjective making or producing rain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64782/72933
vaśyakara adjective giving power over others (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64845/72933
vaṃśakara noun (masculine) a son (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an ancestor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
making or founding a family (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva propagating or perpetuating a race (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30092/72933
viparītakaraṇī noun (feminine) name of a particular Mudrā (?? viparītakarī)
Frequency rank 65797/72933
viśalyakaraṇī noun (feminine) a kind of (magical) herb name of a river (?)
Frequency rank 20079/72933
vaiḍūryakarasāyana noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical preparation
Frequency rank 39710/72933
śalakara noun (masculine) name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67310/72933
śītakara noun (masculine) camphor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
candrakānta
Frequency rank 67747/72933
śophakara noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 68056/72933
sakara adjective having hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessing a trunk (as an elephant) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68545/72933
sakaramardaka adjective along with karamardaka
Frequency rank 40302/72933
saṅgakara adjective causing attachment or desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68602/72933
sarvakara noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69434/72933
sahasrakara noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 40576/72933
saṃdhānakaraṇī noun (feminine) name of a magical herb
Frequency rank 69891/72933
saṃvatsarakara noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40715/72933
sitakara noun (masculine) camphor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30991/72933
sopakaraṇa adjective properly equipped (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
together with the implements (as a thieve) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71473/72933
sauvarṇakaraṇī noun (feminine) a kind of (magical) herb
Frequency rank 41145/72933
stambhakara noun (masculine) a fence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
railing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
solidification
Frequency rank 71675/72933
sūtrīprakaraṇa noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 71721/72933
sthairyakara adjective causing firmness or hardness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71796/72933
svakaraṇa noun (neuter) making (a woman) one's own (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
marrying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72063/72933
himakara noun (masculine) camphor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22769/72933
himakara adjective causing or producing cold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72568/72933
hemakara noun (masculine) name of an author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72685/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
Dr. Potturu with thanks
Purchase Kindle edition
 

ākārakarabha

Plant pellitory; pyrethrum; dried roots of Anacyclus pyrethrum and Spilanthes calva.

āyuṣyakara

beneficial to life/living; prolongs life.

cūḍakaraṇa

first tonsuring of hair for infant.

gandhakarasāyana

herbo-mineral preparation used in the treatment of skin diseases.

krakara

kind of partridge, a bird.

kūpipakvarasāyana

pharmaceutical preparation made from substances of mineral and metallic origin using a glass flask (kāckūpi), ex: makaradhvaja.

mādhava,mādhavakara

author of Ṛgviniscaya or Mādhavanidāna, a work on pathology (8th Century ), Paryāyaratnamāla is his another work.

makara

crocodile; makaradhvaja cupid mercurial, mercurial preparation using mercury, gold and sulfur in different ratios for rejuvenation.

nāmakarma,nāmakaraṇa

ceremony for naming the infant.

niscalakara

āyurveda scholar and disciple of Vijayarakṣita belonging to Bengal region and adherent of Buddhism, 12th Century

prakaraṇa

chapter.

ṛgviniscaya

a treatise on pathology written by Mādhavakara (8th Century ), probably belongs to Bengal region. This is also known as Mādhavanidāna.

sadyobalakara

instantaneously energy-giving.

vakula,vakulakara

author of Sāroccaya, a contemporary to Cakrapāṇidatta, a close relative of Niscalakara.

Wordnet Search
"akara" has 134 results.

akara

makararāśiḥ, makaraḥ   

meṣādidvādaśarāśyāntargato daśamaḥ rāśiḥ sa ca uttarāṣāḍhāyāḥ śeṣapādatrayaṃ śravaṇāsamudāyaḥ dhaniṣṭhāyāḥ pūrvārdham etannavapādena bhavati।

ahaṃ makararāśeḥ vārṣikaṃ bhaviṣyaphalaṃ jñātum icchāmi।

akara

ramya, ramaṇīya, ānandamaya, sukhada, paritoṣajanaka, manorama, manohara, subhaga, nandaka, nandana, ānandana, ānandada, harṣaka, harṣakara, harṣaṇa, prītida, modaka, pramodin, ramaṇa, rāmaṇīyaka   

yaḥ ānandayati।

mama yātrā ramyā āsīt।

akara

pākasādhanam, pākopakaraṇam   

pākanirmāṇārthe upayuktaṃ sādhanam।

cullī iti ekaṃ pākasādhanam।

akara

sādhanam, upacāraḥ, sādhanasāmagrī, sāmagrī, sāhityam, upāyaḥ, kāraṇam, upakaraṇam, karaṇam, dvāram, karmasādhanam, kāryasādhakam   

yasya sāhāyyena kāryasya siddhiḥ jāyate।

vāhanaṃ yātrāyāḥ sādhanam asti।

akara

hastopakaraṇam   

tat upakaraṇaṃ yad hastena prayujyate।

kuddālaḥ iti ekaṃ hastopakaraṇam।

akara

makaraḥ, jhaṣaḥ, nakraḥ   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ, jale vartamānaḥ hiṃsrajantuḥ yaḥ bṛhat vartate।

asmin sarovare naike makarāḥ santi।

akara

gopracaraṇakaraḥ   

gopracaraṇasya sthānasya mūlyam।

gopracaraṇakaraṃ datvā gopracaraṇaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

akara

kṣetrakaraḥ   

kṣetrārthe karaḥ।

sāmantayuge sāmantān yadi kṣetrakaraṃ na dadyāt tarhi te kṛṣakāṇāṃ kṣetram āharanti sma।

akara

lābhadāyaka, lābhaprada, lābhakara, labhanīya, lābhada, phalada, phalin, saphala, arthaśīla, arthayukta, arthakara   

yasmāt lābhaḥ bhavati।

kāle kṛtaṃ bhojanaṃ svāsthyārthe lābhadāyakaṃ bhavati।

akara

hānikāraka, kṣatikārī, anarthakārī, ahitakara, hāniprada   

yena apāyo jāyate।

akāle kṛtaṃ bhojanaṃ hānikārakam।

akara

jalayāna-upakaraṇam, jalayānopakaraṇam   

tad upakaraṇaṃ yad jalayānena sambaddham asti।

cappū iti jalayāna-upakaraṇam asti।

akara

gantram, cālakayantram, cālakopakaraṇam, cālakaḥ   

tad yantraṃ yad aṅgāravidyudādibhiḥ nirmitayā śaktyā sañcalati tathā ca anyān yantrān sañcālayati।

gantrasya kārye bādhād vimānam avatīryate।

akara

vyañjanam, upaskaraḥ, temanam, sūdaḥ, upakaraṇam   

sūpaśākādau rasavardhanāya upayujyam annopakaraṇam।

vyañjanena śākaḥ rūcakaraḥ jātaḥ।

akara

samudāyaḥ, saṅghaḥ, samūhaḥ, saṅghātaḥ, samavāyaḥ, sañcayaḥ, gaṇaḥ, gulmaḥ, gucchaḥ, gucchakaḥ, gutsaḥ, stavakaḥ, oghaḥ, vṛndaḥ, nivahaḥ, vyūhaḥ, sandohaḥ, visaraḥ, vrajaḥ, stomaḥ, nikaraḥ, vātaḥ, vāraḥ, saṃghātaḥ, samudayaḥ, cayaḥ, saṃhatiḥ, vṛndam, nikurambam, kadambakam, pūgaḥ, sannayaḥ, skandhaḥ, nicayaḥ, jālam, agram, pacalam, kāṇḍam, maṇḍalam, cakram, vistaraḥ, utkāraḥ, samuccayaḥ, ākaraḥ, prakaraḥ, saṃghaḥ, pracayaḥ, jātam   

ekasmin sthāne sthāpitāni sthitāni vā naikāni vastūni।

asmin samudāye naikāḥ mahilāḥ santi।

akara

adhyāyaḥ, paricchedaḥ, adhyayaḥ, sargaḥ, parvaḥ, vicchedaḥ, skandhaḥ, prakaraṇam, prastāvaḥ, aṅkaḥ, vargaḥ, śākhā, ullāsaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, āśvāsaḥ, udyataḥ   

ekaviṣayapratipādanadṛṣṭyā granthasthitaprakaraṇasya avayavaḥ।

asmin adhyāye prabhurāmacandrasya janmanaḥ adbhutaṃ varṇanam asti।

akara

bhṛtyaḥ, anucaraḥ, paricaraḥ, paricārakaḥ, preṣyaḥ, kiṅkaraḥ, ceṭakaḥ, ceṭaḥ, kibhkaraḥ, dāsaḥ, dāśaḥ, bhṛtakaḥ, karmakaraḥ, karmakārī, parijamaḥ, vetanajīvī, sevopajīvī, sevājīvī, bhṛtibhuk, bhṛtijīvī, anujīvī, viyojyaḥ, praiṣyaḥ, bharaṇīyaḥ, vaitānikaḥ, śuśrūṣakaḥ, ceḍaḥ, ceḍakaḥ, pārśvikaḥ, pārśvānucaraḥ, sairindhraḥ, arthī, bhujiṣyaḥ, dāseraḥ, dāseyaḥ, gopyaḥ, gopakaḥ, sevakaḥ   

yaḥ sevate।

mama bhṛtyaḥ gṛhaṃ gataḥ।

akara

upakaraṇam, sādhanam, sāmagryam, sāmagrī, sambhāraḥ, upaskaraḥ   

kāryādiṣu upayujyamānā vastu।

saḥ krīḍārthe upakaraṇāni krītavān।

akara

kāmadevaḥ, kāmaḥ, madanaḥ, manmathaḥ, māraḥ, pradyumnaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, kandarpaḥ, darpakaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, smaraḥ, śambarāriḥ, manasijaḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ananyajaḥ, ratināthaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ratipatiḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, brahmasūḥ, viśvaketuḥ, kāmadaḥ, kāntaḥ, kāntimān, kāmagaḥ, kāmācāraḥ, kāmī, kāmukaḥ, kāmavarjanaḥ, rāmaḥ, ramaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, ratināthaḥ, ratipriyaḥ, rātrināthaḥ, ramākāntaḥ, ramamāṇaḥ, niśācaraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nandī, nandayitā, ratisakhaḥ, mahādhanuḥ, bhrāmaṇaḥ, bhramaṇaḥ, bhramamāṇaḥ, bhrāntaḥ, bhrāmakaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, bhrāntacāraḥ, bhramāvahaḥ, mohanaḥ, mohakaḥ, mohaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, bhṛṅganāyakaḥ, gāyanaḥ, gītijaḥ, nartakaḥ, khelakaḥ, unmattonmattakaḥ, vilāsaḥ, lobhavardhanaḥ, sundaraḥ, vilāsakodaṇḍaḥ   

kāmasya devatā।

kāmadevena śivasya krodhāgniḥ dṛṣṭaḥ।

akara

sarpaḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, ahiḥ, bhujaṅgam, uragaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, viṣadharaḥ, cakrī, vyālaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, kuṇḍalī, gūḍhapāt, cakṣuḥśravā, kākodaraḥ, phaṇī, darvīkaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, dandaśūkaḥ, vileśayaḥ, uragaḥ, pannagaḥ, bhogau, jihnagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, vilaśayaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, dvirasanaḥ, bhekabhuk, śvasanotsukaḥ, phaṇādharaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, phaṇāvān, phaṇavān, phaṇākaraḥ, phaṇakaraḥ, samakolaḥ, vyāḍaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, viṣāsyaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, uraṅgamaḥ, gūḍhapādaḥ, vilavāsī, darvibhṛt, hariḥ, pracālakī, dvijihvaḥ, jalaruṇḍaḥ, kañcukī, cikuraḥ, bhujaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, saḥ agātrāyatasaśalkajantuḥ yaḥ urasā gacchati।

sarpāḥ śūnyāgāre vasanti।

akara

meghaḥ, abhramam, vārivāhaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, balābakaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, jaladharaḥ, taḍitvān, vāridaḥ, ambubhṛt, ghanaḥ, jīmūtaḥ, mudiraḥ, jalamuk, dhūmayoniḥ, abhram, payodharaḥ, ambhodharaḥ, vyomadhūmaḥ, ghanāghanaḥ, vāyudāruḥ, nabhaścaraḥ, kandharaḥ, kandhaḥ, nīradaḥ, gaganadhvajaḥ, vārisuk, vārmuk, vanasuk, abdaḥ, parjanyaḥ, nabhogajaḥ, madayitnuḥ, kadaḥ, kandaḥ, gaveḍuḥ, gadāmaraḥ, khatamālaḥ, vātarathaḥ, śnetanīlaḥ, nāgaḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, pecakaḥ, bhekaḥ, darduraḥ, ambudaḥ, toyadaḥ, ambuvābaḥ, pāthodaḥ, gadāmbaraḥ, gāḍavaḥ, vārimasiḥ, adriḥ, grāvā, gotraḥ, balaḥ, aśnaḥ, purubhojāḥ, valiśānaḥ, aśmā, parvataḥ, giriḥ, vrajaḥ, caruḥ, varāhaḥ, śambaraḥ, rauhiṇaḥ, raivataḥ, phaligaḥ, uparaḥ, upalaḥ, camasaḥ, arhiḥ, dṛtiḥ, odanaḥ, vṛṣandhiḥ, vṛtraḥ, asuraḥ, kośaḥ   

pṛthvīstha-jalam yad sūryasya ātapena bāṣparupaṃ bhūtvā ākāśe tiṣṭhati jalaṃ siñcati ca।

kālidāsena meghaḥ dūtaḥ asti iti kalpanā kṛtā

akara

karpuraḥ, karpuram, sitābhraḥ, tārābhraḥ, candraḥ, somaḥ, somasaṃjñam, ghanasāraḥ, himabālukā, śītaḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, śilā, śītāṃśuḥ, himakaraḥ, śītaprabhaḥ, śāmbhavaḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, sphaṭikābhraḥ, kāramihikā, candrārkaḥ, lokatuṣāraḥ, gauraḥ, kumudaḥ, hanuḥ, himāhūyaḥ, candrabhasma, vedhakaḥ, reṇusārakaḥ   

sugandhidravyam।

arcanārthe saḥ karpuraṃ jvālayati।

akara

rāśiḥ, cayaḥ, dhṛṣuḥ, prakaraḥ, saṃhatiḥ   

samānavastūnām unnataḥ samūhaḥ।

rāmaśyāmayormadhye annasya rāśeḥ vibhājanaṃ kṛtam।

akara

upayogin, upakāraka, upakārin, sopakāra, mahopakāra, prayogin, sārthaka, sārtha, arthakara, arthada, arthavat   

upayuktadravyādiḥ।

bālakānāṃ kṛte eṣaḥ granthaḥ upayogī asti।

akara

hitakārin, hitakāraka, iṣṭakara, hitakara, kalyāṇakārin, maṅgalakārin, kalyāṇaprada, maṅgalakāraka, maṅgaladāyaka, maṅgalaprada, śaṅkara   

yaḥ kalyāṇaṃ karoti।

sajjanānām upadeśaḥ hitakārī asti।

akara

karamukta, akara, karahīna   

yaḥ śāsanādināṃ deyakarūpeṇa deyāt mūlyāt muktaḥ asti।

durbhikṣaḥ jātaḥ ataḥ rājñaḥ prajā karamuktā kṛtā।

akara

adhyāyaḥ, pāṭhaḥ, paricchedaḥ, sargaḥ, vargaḥ, udghātaḥ, aṅkaḥ, saṃgrahaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, parivartaḥ, paṭalaḥ, parvaḥ, āhnikam, prakaraṇam   

granthasandhiḥ।

upādhyāyena pravacane gītāyāḥ pañcamasya adhyāyasya vivaraṇaṃ kṛtam।

akara

durvyavahāraḥ, anācaraṇam, kadācāraḥ, anācāraḥ, durācaraṇam, durācāraḥ, duṣṭācaraṇam, apakaraṇam, apacāraḥ, asadbhāvaḥ, asadvyavahāraḥ   

duṣṭam ācaraṇam।

kenāpi saha durvyavahāraḥ na kartavyaḥ।

akara

upakaraṇam, tantram   

kārye pradhānāṅgībhūtopakārakadravyam।

kṛṣakaḥ vividhān upakaraṇān upayujyate।

akara

aśubha, akalyāṇakārin, aniṣṭakara, aśubhakārin, anabhīṣṭa, ahitakārin, ahitakara   

yaḥ śubhaḥ nāsti।

bhūtapretādīnāṃ pūjanaṃ bhavatāṃ kṛte aśubham eva।

akara

karmakaraḥ   

yaḥ kāryālayādiṣu vetanaṃ gṛhītvā kāryaṃ karoti।

śāsanasya karmakarāṇāṃ kṛte naikāḥ suvidhāḥ santi।

akara

upakaraṇabhāgaḥ   

kasyāpi upakaraṇasya ko'pi bhāgaḥ।

upakaraṇabhāgasya bhañjanāt upakaraṇaṃ naśyati।

akara

yantropakaraṇam   

tad upakaraṇaṃ yasya saṃcālanaṃ kasyāpi yantrasya mādhyamena kriyate।

raḍāra iti ekaṃ yantropakaraṇam asti।

akara

avakaram, tucchadravyam   

bhūmyādiṣu patitāni tucchāni dravyādini।

avakaram avakarakaṇḍole eva kṣeptavyam।

akara

kṛṣi-upakaraṇam, kṛṣyupakaraṇam   

kṛṣeḥ upakaraṇam।

halaḥ iti ekaḥ kṛṣi-upakaraṇam asti।

akara

saṃśayakara, saṃkaṭamaya, saṃkaṭapūrṇa, bhayakara   

yasyāṃ saṃkaṭam asti।

sarpapālanam iti ekaṃ saṃśayakaraṃ kāryam asti।

akara

rajaḥ, reṇuḥ, pāṃśuḥ, dhūliḥ, dhūlī, kṣodaḥ, bhūreṇuḥ, avakaraḥ, avaskaraḥ   

mṛdādīnāṃ cūrṇaṃ yat prāyaḥ pṛthvītale vartate।

bālakāḥ rajasā krīḍanti।

akara

avakaranicayaḥ   

avakarāṇāṃ nicayaḥ।

dīpotsavakāle gṛhe gṛhe avakaranicayaḥ saṃmārjyate।

akara

mādaka, madakara, madaprada, madanīya, madayat   

yaḥ madayati।

mādakāt dravyāt ātmānaṃ rakṣa।

akara

makaraḥ, śiśumāraḥ, ambukīśaḥ, ambukūrmaḥ, culukī   

bṛhad jalajantuḥ।

makaraḥ atīva bhayakaraḥ asti।

akara

ūrmiḥ, vīciḥ, ūrmikā, kallolaḥ, ghṛṇiḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, jalataraṅgaḥ, taraṅgakaḥ, taralaḥ, argalā, arṇaḥ, arṇam, utkalikā, hillolaḥ, vibhaṅgaḥ, vāritaraṅgaḥ, laharī, valī, bhaṅgī, bhaṅgiḥ   

nadī-samudrādiṣu jalāśayeṣu viśiṣṭāntareṇa ut ca ava ca tvaṅgamānā jalarāśiḥ yā agre gamyamānā dṛśyate।

samudrasya ūrmayaḥ parvatam abhitāḍya vyāghūrṇanti।

akara

prakāśa-upakaraṇam   

tad upakaraṇaṃ yad prakāśaṃ yacchati।

dīpakaḥ pracchannadīpaḥ ityādīni prakāśa-upakaraṇāni santi।

akara

vaijñānika-upakaraṇam   

vijñānasya kṣetreṇa tathā ca prakriyāsiddhāntādibhiḥ sambaddham upakaraṇam।

sūkṣmadarśī iti ekaṃ vaijñānika-upakaraṇam asti।

akara

nāṭakam, prakaraṇam, rūpam, rūpakam   

gadyapadyādimayī kṛtiḥ yā raṅgamañce naṭaiḥ pradarśyate।

tena likhitāni naikāni nāṭakāni raṅgamañce pradarśitāḥ।

akara

śakarapāram   

miṣṭānnaprakāraḥ yaḥ catuṣkoṇīyaḥ asti।

bālakaḥ śakarāpāram atti।

akara

viṣayaḥ, prakaraṇam, sandarbhaḥ, vastu, prasaṃgaḥ, prasaṅgaḥ   

yasya vivecanaṃ kriyate।

aham asmin viṣaye kimapi vaktuṃ na icchāmi।

akara

abhirakṣā, yogakṣemaḥ, kṣemavidhānakaraṇam   

kṣatipūrteḥ pratiśrutiḥ yā dhanarūpeṇa janebhyaḥ saṃsthāyai vā pratidīyate yasyāḥ dānaṃ taireva pūrvaṃ bhāgaśaḥ kṛtaṃ vartate।

tasya kārayānasya abhirakṣā vartate।

akara

bhairavarasaḥ, dāruṇarasaḥ, bhīṣaṇarasaḥ, bhīṣmarasaḥ, ghorarasaḥ, bhīmarasaḥ, bhayānakarasaḥ, bhayaṅkararasaḥ, pratibhayarasaḥ   

sāhityasya navaraseṣu ekaḥ yasya sthāyībhāvaḥ bhayam asti tathā ca jagupsāvegasaṃmohasaṃtrāsaglānidīnatāśaṅkāsambhrāntijanakaḥ api।

asyāṃ kavitāyāṃ bhayānakarasaḥ asti।

akara

karmakaraḥ, karmakāraḥ, śramikaḥ, śramajīvī, kāruḥ   

yaḥ anyārthe kṛtaiḥ śramaiḥ jīvati।

karmakaraḥ upakulyārthe khanati।

akara

prakaraṇam, vādaḥ, abhiyogaḥ, akṣaḥ   

aparādhādhikārasambandhe anyena virodhe svārthasambandhitayā nyāyālaye kathanam।

etad prakaraṇaṃ vimarśārthe nyāyālaye asti।

akara

avakarakaṇḍolaḥ, avakarikā   

avakarasya pātram।

tena bhūmyāṃ patitam avakaram avakarakaṇḍole sthāpitam।

akara

viṣayaḥ, prakaraṇam, vastu, āśayaḥ   

keṣucit lekheṣu granthādau vā nirūpitāḥ vicārāḥ athavā yasya nirūpaṇaṃ karaṇīyam asti।

premacandamahodayasya kathānāṃ viṣayaḥ grāmya-sthitiḥ āsīt।

akara

dyūtakaraḥ, dyūtakāraḥ, kitavaḥ, akṣadhūrtaḥ, akṣadevī, akṣadyūḥ, akṣadhūrtaḥ, dhustūraḥ, kairavaḥ, dyūtakṛt, akṣakitavaḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, devasabhyaḥ, devitā, harikaḥ, hārakaḥ, kṛṣṇakohalaḥ   

yaḥ akṣaiḥ akṣān vā dīvyati।

dyūtakaraḥ dyūte vigatavibhavaḥ jātaḥ।

akara

makarandaḥ, puṣpāsavaḥ, puṣparasaḥ, marandaḥ, madhuḥ   

puṣpeṣu vartamānaḥ rasaḥ।

madhumakṣikāḥ makarandena eva madhu nirmāti।

akara

tāḍanam, āghātaḥ, prahāraḥ, prahārakaraṇam, praharaṇam, āhananam, viṣpandaḥ   

āghātanasya kriyā।

adya tasya tāḍanaṃ bhaviṣyati।

akara

mahātmāgāndhīmahodayaḥ, mohanadāsakaramacandagāndhīmahodayaḥ   

bhāratadeśasya rāṣṭrapitā yena bhāratadeśasya svatantratāyai mahatvapūrṇaṃ kāryam ūḍham।

mahātmāgāndhīmahodayasya janma ākṭobaramāsasya dvitīye dināṅke ekasahastra-aṣṭaśatādhika-navaṣaṣṭitame varṣe abhavat।

akara

makarasaṅkrāntiḥ   

sūryasya makararāśyāṃ praveśasya kriyā।

makarasaṅkrāntau janāḥ kṛśaram atti tathā ca dānaṃ yacchanti।

akara

āyakaraḥ   

utpannasya ādhāreṇa dīyamānaḥ karaḥ।

asmābhiḥ śucitayā āyakaraḥ dātavyaḥ।

akara

nāmakaraṇam   

nāmaniściteḥ kriyā।

puruṣasya vastunaḥ vā nāmakaraṇaṃ tasya paricayārthe āvaśyakameva asti।

akara

nāmakaraṇasaṃskāra   

ṣoḍaśasaṃskāre ekaḥ saṃskāraḥ।

navajātasya nāmakaraṇasaṃskāraḥ kriyate।

akara

makararekhā   

ekā kālpanikī rekhā yā bhūmadhyarekhāyāḥ trayoviṃśatiḥ aṃśe dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi sthitā asti।

āsṭreliyādeśaḥ makararekhāyāḥ dvayoḥ bhāgayoḥ sthitaḥ asti।

akara

makaradhvajaḥ   

vaidyake vartamānaḥ ekaḥ rasaḥ।

āyurvede makaradhvajaḥ bheṣajarūpeṇa upayujyate।

akara

karmakaratā, pariśrāntiḥ   

karmakarasya kāryam।

cikhurī karmakāritāṃ kṛtvā svakuṭumbaṃ poṣayati।

akara

aśvapālaḥ, ghoṭakarakṣakaḥ   

yaḥ aśvān pālayati।

aśvapālaḥ aśvān aśvaśālāyāṃ badhnāti।

akara

avakaraḥ, avakṣayaḥ, śeṣam, upakṣayaḥ, kāntāraḥ, kāntāram, kṣiyā, prahīṇaḥ   

saḥ padārthaḥ yam anupayuktam iti matvā kṣipyate।

yantrāgārāṇām avakarāḥ nadīḥ pradūṣayanti।

akara

āyātakaraḥ   

videśīnāṃ vastūnām āyātasya kṛte śāsanena vihitaḥ karaḥ।

āyātānāṃ vastūnāṃ mūlyam āyātakareṇa prabhāvitam bhavati।

akara

karmakaradalam   

samakāle kāryaṃ kriyamāṇānāṃ janānāṃ dalam।

karmakaradalam adya kāryaṃ kartuṃ na āgatam।

akara

sakara   

karaṃ pradātuṃ yogyam।

upamaṇḍalādhikārī mama sakarāṃ sampadaṃ gaṇayati।

akara

prakaraṇam   

vyavahārasya viṣayaḥ।

bhavān vyaktigate prakaraṇe na vyāpriyatām।

akara

muktahasta, muktakara   

yaḥ udāratāpūrvakaṃ bhūri dānaṃ karoti।

rājā vikramādityaḥ muktahastaḥ āsīt।

akara

avakarakaṇḍolaḥ, avakarikā, patadgrāhaḥ   

avakarasya kaṇḍolaḥ।

janāḥ avakarakaṇḍolaṃ vihāya itastataḥ avakaram avakṣipanti।

akara

trayaḥ, tisraḥ, trīṇi, kālaḥ, agniḥ, bhuvanam, gaṅgāmārgaḥ, śivacakṣuḥ, guṇaḥ, grīvārekhā, kālidāsakāvyam, valiḥ, sandhyā, puram, puṣakaram, rāmaḥ, viṣṇuḥ, jvarapādaḥ   

ekaḥ adhikaḥ dvau iti kṛtvā prāptā saṃkhyā।

pañca iti saṅkhyātaḥ yadā dvau iti saṅkhyā nyūnīkṛtā tadā trayaḥ iti saṃṅkhyā prāptā।

akara

akaraṇīya, akaraṇārhya, akārya   

kartum ayogyaḥ;

akaraṇīyaṃ karma pāpasya janakaḥ।

akara

makarandaḥ   

tālasya ṣaṣṭau bhedeṣu ekaḥ।

gurukule adya makarandaḥ pāṭhitaḥ।

akara

makarandaḥ   

ekaṃ varṇavṛttam।

makarande pratyekasmin caraṇe sapta jagaṇāḥ tathā ca ekaḥ yagaṇaḥ asti।

akara

śirastrāṇam, śiraskam, śīrṣarakṣam, mastakarakṣaṇī, mastakāvaraṇī, kholakaḥ   

āghātāt rakṣaṇārthaṃ śirasi dhāritam ekaṃ dhāturacitaṃ dṛḍham āvaraṇam।

yantradvicakrikāyāḥ cālakānāṃ kṛte śirastrāṇasya dhāraṇam anivāryam।

akara

pradāyaḥ, āpūrtiḥ, sambhāraḥ, saṃcayaḥ, sañcayaḥ, saṅgrahaḥ, sāhityam, saṃvidhā, upaskaraḥ, upakaraṇajātam   

kasyāpi vastvādeḥ śūnyatvasya paripūraṇārthaṃ tasya preṣaṇasya vā dānasya vā kriyā।

asmin nagare vaidyutaśakteḥ pradāyaḥ alpībhūtaḥ।

akara

vivādī, prakaraṇavādī   

yaḥ prāyaḥ prakaraṇeṣu vyastaḥ।

nyāyālayaḥ vivādināṃ samūhena paripūrṇaḥ।

akara

yogakṣemaḥ, kṣemavidhānakaraṇam   

tat dhanaṃ yat it anena uddeśyena śāsakīye kośe samāniveśyate yena tasya vṛddhiḥ samāniveśakasya parivārāya labhyate।

teṣāṃ sārdhaikaṃ lakṣaṃ kṣemavidhānakaraṇam asti।

akara

āmbeḍakarabhīmarāvaḥ   

bhāratīyaḥ netā yaḥ bhāratīyasya saṃvidhānasya racayitā asti।

āmbeḍakarabhīmarāvaḥ vidheḥ jñātā āsīt।

akara

latāmaṅgeśakaramahodayā   

ekā suprasiddhā bhāratīyā gāyikā।

latāmaṅgeśakaramahodayā dvisahastrādhikaṃ prathame varṣe bhārataratnam iti vikhyātaṃ puraskāraṃ prāptavatī।

akara

jalakaraḥ   

sarvakārasya praṇālīḥ siñcanāya upayujya kṛṣakaiḥ sarvakārāya dīyate saḥ karaḥ।

asmin varṣe rāmaḥ jalakaraṃ na adadāt।

akara

aprakaraṇam   

apradhānaḥ viṣayaḥ।

aprakaraṇe samayayāpanaṃ mā karotu।

akara

mannathakaraḥ   

kārtikesya anucaraḥ।

mannathakarasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

akara

kaphakarakūrcikā   

utkāsanasya samaye sravamāṇā lālā kaphaḥ vā।

pitāmahyāḥ kaphakarakūrcikāyāṃ raktam api bhavati।

akara

ambeḍakaranagaram   

uttarapradeṣe vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

te ambeḍakaranagarasya nivāsinaḥ santi।

akara

ambeḍakaranagaramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ambeḍakaranagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ambeḍakaranagare asti।

akara

vināyakadāmodarasāvarakaramahodayaḥ, sāvarakaramahodayaḥ, vīrasāvarakaramahodayaḥ   

mahārāṣṭrarājye jātaḥ svatantratāyāḥ ekaḥ suprasiddhaḥ senānīḥ।

vināyakadāmodarasāvarakaramahodayaḥ na kevalaṃ svatantratāyāḥ ekaḥ suprasiddhaḥ senānīḥ āsīt kintu ekaḥ nipuṇaḥ lekhakaḥ vaktā samājasevakaḥ api āsīt।

akara

praśasta, śobhanīya, sammānakara, yukta   

yat sammānasya yogyaṃ sāmājike stare svīkṛtaṃ vā।

bhavatā sabhāyāṃ praśastāyāḥ bhāṣāyāḥ prayogaḥ kartavyaḥ।

akara

makarandaḥ   

sugandhitapuṣpaviśeṣaḥ।

mālikaḥ makarandasya mālāṃ nirmāti।

akara

makarandikā   

chandoviśeṣaḥ।

makarandikāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe navadaśa varṇāḥ santi।

akara

sūryaḥ, sūraḥ, aryamā, ādityaḥ, dvādaśātmā, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vradhraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, bhāsvān, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, vivarttanaḥ, arkaḥ, mārttaṇḍaḥ, mihiraḥ, aruṇaḥ, vṛṣā, dyumaṇiḥ, taraṇiḥ, mitraḥ, citrabhānuḥ, virocan, vibhāvasuḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, bhānuḥ, haṃsaḥ, sahastrāṃśuḥ, tapanaḥ, savitā, raviḥ, śūraḥ, bhagaḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, hariḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, caṇḍāṃśuḥ, saptasaptiḥ, aṃśumālī, kāśyapeyaḥ, khagaḥ, bhānumān, lokalocanaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, jyotiṣmān, avyathaḥ, tāpanaḥ, citrarathaḥ, khamaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, gabhastihastaḥ, heliḥ, pataṃgaḥ, arcciḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, vedodayaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, graharājaḥ, tamonudaḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotiḥpīthaḥ, inaḥ, karmmasākṣī, jagaccakṣuḥ, trayītapaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, khadyotaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, aṃśuhastaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, pītaḥ, adriḥ, agaḥ, harivāhanaḥ, ambarīṣaḥ, dhāmanidhiḥ, himārātiḥ, gopatiḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, tamopahaḥ, gabhastiḥ, savitraḥ, pūṣā, viśvapā, divasakaraḥ, dinakṛt, dinapatiḥ, dyupatiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, nabhomaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, viyanmaṇiḥ, timiraripuḥ, dhvāntārātiḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, bhākoṣaḥ, tejaḥpuñjaḥ, bhānemiḥ, khakholkaḥ, khadyotanaḥ, virocanaḥ, nabhaścakṣūḥ, lokacakṣūḥ, jagatsākṣī, graharājaḥ, tapatāmpatiḥ, sahastrakiraṇaḥ, kiraṇamālī, marīcimālī, aṃśudharaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśubharttā, aṃśuvāṇaḥ, caṇḍakiraṇaḥ, dharmāṃśuḥ, tīkṣṇāṃśuḥ, kharāṃśuḥ, caṇḍaraśmiḥ, caṇḍamarīciḥ, caṇḍadīdhitiḥ, aśītamarīciḥ, aśītakaraḥ, śubharaśmiḥ, pratibhāvān, vibhāvān, vibhāvasuḥ, pacataḥ, pacelimaḥ, śuṣṇaḥ, gaganādhvagaḥ, gaṇadhvajaḥ, khacaraḥ, gaganavihārī, padmagarbhaḥ, padmāsanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, haridaśvaḥ, maṇimān, jīviteśaḥ, murottamaḥ, kāśyapī, mṛtāṇḍaḥ, dvādaśātmakaḥ, kāmaḥ, kālacakraḥ, kauśikaḥ, citrarathaḥ, śīghragaḥ, saptasaptiḥ   

hindūnāṃ dharmagrantheṣu varṇitā ekā devatā।

vedeṣu sūryasya pūjāyāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ vidhānam asti।

akara

stambhakaraḥ, stavarakaḥ   

daṇḍādibhiḥ nirmitam avarodhakam।

taḍāgaṃ paritaḥ stambhakaraḥ asti।

akara

avayavaḥ, avayavasūcakaśabdaḥ, aṅgam, aṃśaḥ, upakaraṇam, ekadeśaḥ   

sākalyena yad ekaghaṭakatvena svīkriyate bhāgavācakaḥ śabdaḥ yaśca avayavāvayavibhāvasambandhena avayavinā saha sambadhyate।

anāmikā-madhyamā-kaniṣṭhikāḥ hastasya avayavāḥ santi।

akara

karmacārivargaḥ, karmakaragaṇaḥ   

karmacāriṇāṃ saḥ samūhaḥ yaḥ adhikāriṇaḥ viśiṣṭeṣu kāryeṣu sahāyyaṃ karoti।

asya vidyālayasya karmacārivargaḥ uttamaḥ asti।

akara

asvāsthyakara, anārogyakara, ahitakara   

svāsthyārthaṃ hānikārakam।

asvāsthyakarāt bhojanāt tathā jīvanaśailyāḥ naike vyādhayaḥ utpadyante।

akara

dvādaśakaraḥ   

bhairavīrāgiṇyāḥ bhedaviśeṣaḥ।

saṅgītajñaḥ dvādaśakaraṃ gāyati।

akara

dvādaśakaraḥ   

kārtikeyasya anucaraḥ।

dvādaśakarasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

akara

vikrayakaraḥ, vikrayaśulkam   

saḥ śāsakīyaḥ karaḥ yaḥ kretā kasya api vastunaḥ krayaṇoparāntaṃ dāpayati।

keṣāñcit vastūnāṃ mūlye eva vikrayakaraḥ antarbhūtaḥ vidyate।

akara

sūryakiraṇaḥ, sūryaraśmiḥ, sūryamayūkhaḥ, sūryakaraḥ, sūryāṃśuḥ, arkakaraḥ, gabhastiḥ, tapanakaraḥ, ravikiraṇaḥ, sūryapādaḥ, hetiḥ   

sūryasya raśmiḥ।

uṣaḥkāle sūryakiraṇāḥ dharām āvṛṇvanti।

akara

bhārayaḥ, krakaraṭaḥ   

vartikam iva kaṣāyavarṇasya khagaḥ।

jhārakhaṇḍaprānte bhārayāḥ adhikāḥ dṛśyante।

akara

makarasaṅkrāntiḥ   

sūryasya makararāśyāṃ praveśasya kālaḥ।

makarasaṅkrāntau hindudharmīyāḥ utsavaṃ nirvartayanti।

akara

viṣṇuvāmanaśiravāḍakaramahodayaḥ, śiravāḍakaravāmanaviṣṇuḥ, kusumāgrajaḥ   

marāṭhībhāṣāyāḥ sāhityikaḥ।

viṣṇuvāmanaśiravāḍakaramahodayaḥ marāṭhībhāṣāyāḥ śreṣṭhaḥ kaviḥ āsīt।

akara

keśarājaḥ, bhṛṅgarājaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, mārkaraḥ, mārkavaḥ, nāgamāraḥ, pavaruḥ, bhṛṅgasodaraḥ, keśarañjanaḥ, keśyaḥ, kuntalavardhanaḥ, aṅgārakaḥ ekarajaḥ, karañjakaḥ, bhṛṅgarajaḥ, bhṛṅgāraḥ, ajāgaraḥ, bhṛṅgarajāḥ, makaraḥ   

vanaspativiśeṣaḥ।

keśarājasya upayogaḥ auṣadharūpeṇa kriyate।

akara

asātmya, anārogyakara   

nisargasya viruddhaṃ yat।

asātmyaḥ āhāraḥ vyādhim utpādayati।

akara

ambukaṇṭakaḥ, ambukirātaḥ, makaraḥ, kumbhīraḥ, ghaṇṭikaḥ, śiśumāraḥ   

makaryāḥ iva jalajantuviśeṣaḥ yasya nāsā makaryāḥ apekṣayā laghuḥ bhavati।

ambukaṇṭakaḥ makaraśca samānameva iti janāḥ cintayanti।

akara

vittakoṣakarmakaraḥ   

vittakoṣasya karmakaraḥ।

ekaḥ vittakoṣakarmakaraḥ apapradānagrahaṇasamaye gṛhītaḥ।

akara

rājakarmakaraḥ   

śāsakīyāsu saṃsthādiṣu yaḥ kāryaṃ karoti।

mama pitā rājakarmakaraḥ asti।

akara

āyakaravibhāgaḥ   

āyakarasya svīkṛtiḥ yasya vibhāgasya kāryam asti।

āyakaravibhāgena asmin varṣe gatavarṣasya apekṣayā dviguṇitaḥ karaḥ svīkṛtaḥ।

akara

krakaraḥ, karakaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ ।

krakarasya varṇanam kośe vartate

akara

kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍa:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

akara

kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍa:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍa: kusumāñjaligranthasya viṣayavivecanaṃ karoti

akara

makaraḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

makarasya ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe vartate

akara

makaraḥ   

ekaḥ kośaḥ ।

kuberasya navakośeṣu ekaḥ makaraḥ vartate

akara

makaraḥ   

ekaḥ aindrajālikaḥ kośaḥ ।

makaraḥ iti padminyāḥ aṣṭakośeṣu ekaḥ

akara

makaraḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

makarasya ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe vartate

akara

makaradhvajaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

makaradhvajasya ullekhaḥ vikramāṅkadevacarite vartate

akara

makarandaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

makarandasya ullekhaḥ mālatīmādhave vartate

akara

makarandaḥ   

ekam udyānam ।

makarandasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

akara

śāhimakarandaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

śāhimakarandasya nāma vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

akara

śāhimakarandaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

śāhimakarandasya nāma vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

akara

prāṇakaraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ prāṇakaraḥ ullikhitaḥ asti

akara

prāyaścittaprakaraṇam   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittaprakaraṇam iti vikhyātā racanā

akara

kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍa:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

akara

kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍa:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍa: kusumāñjaligranthasya viṣayavivecanaṃ karoti

akara

puṇyastambhakaraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

puṇyastambhakarasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

akara

karavīrakarambhin   

ekaṃ kāṣṭham ।

karavīrakarambhiṇaḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

akara

udayakaraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

udayakarasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

akara

niścalakaraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

niścalakarasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

akara

candrodayamakaradhvajaḥ   

auṣadhīyagranthaḥ ।

candrodayamakaradhvajasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

akara

jīvadayāprakaraṇam   

ekaḥ jainagranthaḥ ।

jīvadayāprakaraṇasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

akara

jīvopalambhaprakaraṇam   

ekaḥ jainagranthaḥ ।

jīvopalambhaprakaraṇasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

akara

dantadhāvanaprakaraṇam   

ekaṃ prakaraṇam ।

dantadhāvanaprakaraṇaṃ parāśarasmṛtyāṃ vartate

akara

dayāśamakara   

puruṣanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

dayāśamakarasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

akara

nāyakaratnam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

nāyakaratnasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

Parse Time: 2.121s Search Word: akara Input Encoding: IAST: akara